US20050038232A1 - Antibody diversity generation - Google Patents

Antibody diversity generation Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20050038232A1
US20050038232A1 US10/686,945 US68694503A US2005038232A1 US 20050038232 A1 US20050038232 A1 US 20050038232A1 US 68694503 A US68694503 A US 68694503A US 2005038232 A1 US2005038232 A1 US 2005038232A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
antibody
antibodies
sequences
cancer
human
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US10/686,945
Inventor
Erik Karrer
Steven Bass
Robert Whalen
Phillip Patten
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Maxygen Inc
Original Assignee
Maxygen Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Maxygen Inc filed Critical Maxygen Inc
Priority to US10/686,945 priority Critical patent/US20050038232A1/en
Publication of US20050038232A1 publication Critical patent/US20050038232A1/en
Priority to US12/026,412 priority patent/US8252727B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/12—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from bacteria
    • C07K16/1267—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from bacteria from Gram-positive bacteria
    • C07K16/1271—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from bacteria from Gram-positive bacteria from Micrococcaceae (F), e.g. Staphylococcus
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/12—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from bacteria
    • C07K16/1267—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from bacteria from Gram-positive bacteria
    • C07K16/1275—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from bacteria from Gram-positive bacteria from Streptococcus (G)
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/24—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin containing regions, domains or residues from different species, e.g. chimeric, humanized or veneered

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to altered antibodies and antigen-binding fragments, methods for the production of altered antibodies and antigen-binding fragments, and therapeutic and other uses thereof.
  • the present invention also relates to altered antibodies and antigen-binding fragments having improved antigen binding affinity and/or antigen binding specificity, methods for the production of such antibodies, and uses thereof.
  • Antibodies are extremely valuable, both as therapeutic agents and as general reagents in a variety of molecular biological processes. Methods of producing polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies are available, as are many antibodies. A number of basic texts describe standard antibody production processes, including, e.g., Borrebaeck (ed) (1995) Antibody Engineering, 2 nd Edition Freeman and Company, NY (Borrebaeck); McCafferty et al. (1996) Antibody Engineering, A Practical Approach IRL at Oxford Press, Oxford, England (McCafferty), and Paul (1995) Antibody Engineering Protocols Humana Press, Towata, N.J.
  • Naturally occurring antibodies, or immunoglobulins comprise a basic four polypeptide chain structure comprising two identical heavy (H) chains and two identical light (L) chains which are stabilized and cross-linked by intrachain and interchain disulphide bonds.
  • Different antibody classes comprise variants of this four-chain structure.
  • Each heavy chain comprises a variable domain at N-terminal followed by several constant domains.
  • Each light chain has a variable domain at its N-terminal and one constant domain at its C-terminal. Because the largest amount of sequence variation is concentrated in the N-terminal domains of the light and heavy chains, each of these domains is termed a variable (V) domain (or “V region”).
  • V variable domain
  • the constant domains make up the constant region, which comprises the remainder of the molecule and exhibits relatively little sequence variation.
  • Heavy chains are comprised of five major types, depending on the antibody class, and consist of about 450-600 amino acid residues.
  • Light chains are of two major types and have about 230 amino acid residues. Both heavy and light chains are folded into domains, comprising globular polypeptide regions.
  • variable domain of the light chain is aligned with the variable domain of the heavy chain; the constant domain of the light chain is aligned with the first constant domain of heavy chain.
  • the variable domains of each pair of light and heavy chains form the antigen binding site for binding the antibody to an epitope of the antigen.
  • the constant domains in the light and heavy chains are not directly involved in antigen binding.
  • Each heavy or light chain variable domain comprises four relatively conserved framework (FR) regions (or framework segments) which are separated and connected by three hypervariable or complementarity determining regions (CDRs), which are believed to contact the target antigen of the antibody and to be principally responsible for binding of the antibody to the antigen.
  • FR relatively conserved framework
  • CDRs hypervariable or complementarity determining regions
  • the amino acids of the CDRs of the variable domains were initially defined by Kabat, based on sequence variability, to consist of amino acid residues 31-35 (H1), 50-65 (H2), and 95-102 (H3) in the human heavy chain variable domain (V H ) and amino acid residues 24-34 (L1), 50-56 (L2), and 89-97 (L3) in the human light chain variable domain (V L ), using Kabat's numbering system for amino acid residues of an antibody. See Kabat et al., S EQUENCES OF P ROTEINS OF I MMUNOLOGICAL I NTEREST , US Dept. Health and Human Services, NIH, USA (5 th ed. 1991). Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol.
  • CDRs based on residues that included in the three-dimensional structural loops of the variable domain regions, which were found to be important in antigen binding activity.
  • Chothia et al. defined the CDRs as consisting of amino acid residues 26-32 (H1), 53-55 (H2), and 96-101 (H3) in the human heavy chain variable domain (V H ), and amino acid residues 26-32 (L1), 50-52 (L2), and 91-96 (L3) in the human light chain variable domain (V L ).
  • the CDRs consist of amino acid residues 26-35 (H1), 50-65 (H2), and 95-102 (H3) in human V H and amino acid residues 24-34 (L1), 50-56 (L2), and 89-97 (L3) in human V L , based on Kabat's numbering system.
  • V genes encode the approximately N-terminal 95 amino acids of the V domains.
  • the number of V genes at each locus varies between loci and species, but may include up to about several hundred V genes.
  • Antibody heavy chain V domains include V genes, D (diversity) genes, and J (joining) genes.
  • the large diversity in antibody variable domains results from, in part, recombination between V, D, and J gene segments.
  • any one of the heavy chain variable domain genes is recombined with any one of a small number of D and J genes to produce a VDJ gene.
  • the recombination process of a light chain variable domain is similar, except that a V gene is recombined directly with a J gene, since light chain variable domains have no D gene segments.
  • Kits for cloning and expression of recombinant antibody phage systems are known and available, e.g., the “recombinant phage antibody system, mouse ScFv module,” from Amersham-Pharmacia Biotechnology (Uppsala, Sweden).
  • Bacteriophage antibody libraries have also been produced for making high affinity human antibodies by chain shuffling (Marks et al. (1992) “By-Passing Immunization: Building High Affinity Human Antibodies by Chain Shuffling” Biotechniques 10:779-782.
  • the libraries include repertoires of V genes (e.g., harvested from populations of lymphocytes or assembled in vitro) which are cloned for display of associated heavy and light chain variable domains on the surface of filamentous bacteriophage. Phage are selected by binding to an antigen. Soluble antibodies are expressed from phage infected bacteria and the antibody can be improved, e.g., via mutagenesis.
  • V genes e.g., harvested from populations of lymphocytes or assembled in vitro
  • Phage are selected by binding to an antigen.
  • Soluble antibodies are expressed from phage infected bacteria and the antibody can be improved, e.g., via mutagenesis.
  • Stemmer et al. (1993) “Selection of an Active Single Chain Fv Antibody From a Protein Linker Library Prepared by Enzymatic Inverse PCR” Biotechniques 14(2):256-65 describes production of large libraries of site directed single chain Fv antibody mutants.
  • the '793 patent details improvement of antibodies involving diversification, e.g., by DNA shuffling, of a library of mutant CDRs.
  • the '721 patent details e.g., peptide display methods and antibody display and screening methods.
  • a variety of antibody diversification are found throughout the noted patents.
  • the present invention relates to a new technology platform for producing antibodies involving the diversification of antibody encoding sequences, e.g., using a variety of recombination and mutagenesis procedures including DNA shuffling methods.
  • the invention provides for antigen-antibody co-evolution and for the improvement of a variety of antibodies of interest.
  • Several methods of humanizing antibodies are also provided. Libraries of nucleic acids produced by the methods, as well as corresponding character strings in computer systems (e.g., sequence data corresponding to the nucleic acids of the library) are also provided. Cells comprising the library members and antibodies produced by the methods are provided.
  • the invention provides methods of modifying an initial antibody.
  • the initial antibody can be a known antibody such as one of those noted herein.
  • a first nucleic acid (or, for in silico aspects, a character string) encoding an initial antibody of Tables 1 and 2 (or a homologue or a fragment thereof) is diversified in one or more rounds of recombination, with or without additional mutagenic procedures, and screening/selection with one or more second character string or second antibody coding nucleic acid or second homologue or second fragment thereof.
  • the diversification can include recursively recombining the first nucleic acid or character string encoding an initial antibody of Table 1 or 2, or a homologue or fragment thereof, with one or more second character string or second antibody coding nucleic acid or second homologue or second fragment thereof to produce a library of nucleic acids encoding modified antibodies, or a data set of nucleic acid character strings encoding modified antibodies.
  • a second recombination step in which the members of the library or the character strings in the data set are further recombined, is optionally performed.
  • the one or more resulting recombinant nucleic acids is selected for a desirable trait or property, which results in first round selected nucleic acids or character strings.
  • a third recombination step in which the first round selected nucleic acids or character strings are recombined with each other, or with one or more additional nucleic acid or character string is performed.
  • the one or more additional nucleic acid of character string can correspond to the initial antibody gene, or to a library of nucleic acids such as a na ⁇ ve or induced human library, e.g., to further evolve and/or humanize resulting second round recombined nucleic acids.
  • Recursive rounds of recombination can be performed with any of the enumerated nucleic acids or character strings, or with any products of any round of recombination. Recombination is performed in vitro, in vivo, in silico or by a combination thereof.
  • aspects of the present invention provide methods of evolving antibodies with increased affinity relative to a parental antibody. Such antibodies are the products of an ex vivo analog of the affinity maturation process.
  • the invention also includes the coevolution of an antibody and its cognate antigen. A target antigen is selected and optimized for one or more properties. This optimized antigen can then be used to select among a population of diversified antibodies, with or without prior immunization of an animal host.
  • Another aspect of the invention provides methods for modifying antibody effector function.
  • Features of the invention include Fc regions and antibodies comprising them, made by the methods of the invention.
  • Antibody Fc regions can be enhanced in any of a number of respects including, for example, Fc receptor binding and complement component Clq binding.
  • kits comprising such elements. Kits optionally further comprise instructions for practicing the methods herein, containers for holding the materials, packaging elements, and the like.
  • the technology platform herein use expression cassettes which facilitate diversification, cloning and expression of antibody sequences.
  • the invention includes an Ig expression cassette.
  • the cassette includes, e.g., one or more cloning sites for heavy chain (VH) and light chain (VL) sequences; an encoded N-terminal fusion of VH and VL with an stII, or other functional signal sequence; an encoded C-terminal fusion of VH and VL to human CH1 and a human CL regions; an encoded C-terminal fusion of VH and/or CH to a phage gIII protein; an amber stop codon at an antibody domain/gIII border; and, a promoter such as a lacZ promoter, an alkaline phosphatase promoter, or an arabinose promoter.
  • the cassette can include a nucleic acid subsequence encoding a single-chain antibody (ScFv), a human kappa CL or a human lambda CL, or the like.
  • the stII signal sequence provides periplasmic targeting
  • the C-terminal fusions of VH/CL to the phage gIII protein provides for display on the surface of filamentous phage
  • the amber stop codon produces soluble antibody fragment in non-suppressing strains
  • the lacZ or other promoter provides inducible Ig gene expression in a host cell.
  • the invention provides a recombinant cell comprising the vector, and, optionally, other features which facilitate expression.
  • the vector can include one or more helper phage (e.g., a M13KO7 phage or a VCS-M13 phage).
  • the cell is a non-suppressing E. coli host such as strain W3110.
  • expression of the recombinant nucleic acids of the invention can be in another bacterial cell, a yeast cell or a mammalian cell.
  • libraries of recombinant cassettes containing a plurality of antibody sequences are also provided.
  • the libraries can include, e.g., a plurality of expression cassettes as noted above, which include a plurality of different antibody encoding nucleic acids such as variants of one or more antibody parental nucleic acid.
  • the invention includes methods of providing a population of diversified anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acids.
  • the methods include hybridizing a set of overlapping anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acid fragments (e.g., synthesized oligonucleotides, nuclease digested nucleic acids, and the like) and elongating the set of hybridized overlapping anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acid fragments.
  • the set of overlapping anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acid fragments can include, e.g., anti- Staphylococcus enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acid fragments, anti- Streptococcus enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acid fragments, and the like.
  • the population of diversified anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acids can be expressed to provide a variant anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody with desirable properties (e.g., a polyreactive antibody, a hyper-reactive antibody, etc.).
  • the diversified anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acids can be introduced into a cell (e.g., an organism) and expressed to provide a variant anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody.
  • the methods can also include denaturing a population of diversified anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acids, rehybridizing the denatured population, and extending the rehybridized population to provide a population of further diversified anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acids.
  • the steps of denaturing, rehybridizing, and extending can optionally be repeated.
  • the population of further diversified anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acids can also optionally be selected for efficient binding by an encoded anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody to at least one enterotoxin.
  • the population of further diversified anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acids can also be expressed to provide at least one further variant anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody (e.g., a polyreactive antibody, a hyper-reactive antibody, etc.).
  • a further variant anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody e.g., a polyreactive antibody, a hyper-reactive antibody, etc.
  • an “antibody” refers to a protein comprising one or more polypeptides substantially or partially encoded by immunoglobulin genes or fragments of immunoglobulin genes, e.g., a fragment containing one or more complementarity determining region (CDR).
  • the recognized immunoglobulin genes include the kappa, lambda, alpha, gamma, delta, epsilon and mu constant region genes, as well as myriad immunoglobulin variable region genes.
  • Light chains are typically classified as either, e.g., kappa or lambda.
  • Heavy chains are typically classified e.g., as gamma, mu, alpha, delta, or epsilon, which in turn define the immunoglobulin classes, IgG, IgM, IgA, IgD and IgE, respectively.
  • a typical immunoglobulin (antibody) structural unit comprises a tetramer.
  • each tetramer is composed of two identical pairs of polypeptide chains, each pair having one “light” (about 25 kD) and one “heavy” chain (about 50-70 kD).
  • the N-terminus of each chain defines a variable region of about 100 to 110 or more amino acids primarily responsible for antigen recognition.
  • the terms variable light chain (VL) and variable heavy chain (VH) refer to these light and heavy chains respectively.
  • Antibodies exist as intact immunoglobulins or as a number of well characterized fragments produced by digestion with various peptidases.
  • pepsin digests an antibody below the disulfide linkages in the hinge region to produce F(ab)′2 (fragment antigen binding) and Fc (fragment crystalizable, or fragment complement binding).
  • F(ab)′2 is a dimer of Fab, which itself is a light chain joined to VH-CH1 by a disulfide bond.
  • the F(ab)′2 may be reduced under mild conditions to break the disulfide linkage in the hinge region thereby converting the (Fab′)2 dimer into an Fab′ monomer.
  • the Fab′ monomer is essentially an Fab with part of the hinge region.
  • the Fc portion of the antibody molecule corresponds largely to the constant region of the immunoglobulin heavy chain, and is responsible for the antibody's effector function (see, Fundamental Immunology, 4 th edition. W. E. Paul, ed., Raven Press, N.Y. (1998), for a more detailed description of antibody fragments). While various antibody fragments are defined in terms of the digestion of an intact antibody, one of skill will appreciate that such Fab′ or Fc fragments may be synthesized de novo either chemically or by utilizing recombinant DNA methodology, peptide display, or the like. Thus, the term antibody, as used herein also includes antibody fragments either produced by the modification of whole antibodies or synthesized de novo using recombinant DNA methodologies.
  • Antibodies also include single-armed composite monoclonal antibodies, single chain antibodies, including single chain Fv (sFv) antibodies in which a variable heavy and a variable light chain are joined together (directly or through a peptide linker) to form a continuous polypeptide, as well as diabodies, tribodies, and tetrabodies (Pack et al. (1995) J Mol Biol 246:28 ; Biotechnol 11:1271: and Biochemistry 31:1579).
  • the antibodies are, e.g., polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeric, humanized, single chain, Fab fragments, fragments produced by an Fab expression library, or the like.
  • a “polyreactive” antibody is an antibody that can bind to more than one antigen, such as a bacterial toxin, e.g., from Staphylococcus, Streptococcus , and others.
  • a “hyper-reactive” antibody is an antibody that binds to an antigen with higher avidity or affinity than other antibodies.
  • humanized antibody molecule or “humanized antibody,” or “humanized immunoglobulin,” are used interchangeably herein to refer to a molecule comprising an antigen binding site derived from one or more non-human immunoglobulins with at least a portion of the framework region of the light or heavy chain variable domain derived from one or more human immunoglobulins.
  • a “humanized antibody” as used herein includes a humanized light chain variable domain immunoglobulin and a humanized heavy chain variable domain immunoglobulin.
  • the humanized antibody includes a constant region partially or wholly derived from (including synthetic analogs) one or more human gene sequence.
  • a humanized antibody is expected to bind to the same target antigen as a donor antibody which supplied the CDRs.
  • all segments or portions of the humanized antibody or immunoglobulin are substantially identical or substantially homologous to corresponding segments or portions of naturally occurring human immunoglobulin sequences.
  • the humanized antibody typically has the structure of a naturally occurring antibody or a fragment of a naturally occurring antibody, e.g., a complete antibody, a ScFv antibody, a Fab fragment, a (Fab′) 2 fragment, a light chain dimer, or a heavy chain dimer.
  • chimeric antibody is used to denote an antibody that is derived, typically through cloning methodologies, from more than one source or organism. Typically, large regions of sequence integrity are maintained through relatively simple cutting and pasting procedures that join polynucleotide sequences encoding, e.g., a murine, or other non-human variable region, such as a Fab fragment, with a human constant region, such as an Fc fragment.
  • MAb Monoclonal antibodies account for a significant portion of the U.S. market for biopharmaceuticals. Of the original biopharmaceuticals approved for sale in 1998, 30% were antibody-based (Biotechnology Information Institute, 1999). In fact, antibodies account for nearly 50% of all compounds currently in clinical trials (Wittrup, (1999) “Phage on display” Tibtech 17: 423-424. For convenience, antibody products can be grouped into at least five general classes, based upon their intended use or function. These classes are set forth below.
  • the first general class of antibody products are “magic bullets.” These are primarily tumor-specific MAbs that arrest tumor growth by one of the following mechanisms: (a) Targeting tumor cells for destruction by antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC) or complement-mediated lysis (CML).
  • ADCC antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity
  • CML complement-mediated lysis
  • One example is Rituxan ( IDEC Pharmaceutical, Inc.), an anti-CD20 MAb for the treatment of Non-Hodgkins lymphoma (Scott (1998) “Rituximab: a new therapeutic monoclonal antibody for non-Hodgkin's lymphoma” Cancer Pract 6: 195-7).
  • a second example relates to antibodies which interfere with a critical component of tumor growth.
  • Herceptin (Genentech, Inc.), an anti-HER-2 monoclonal antibody for treatment of metastatic breast cancer, is an example of an antibody with this mechanism of action (Baselga et al. (1998) “Recombinant humanized anti-HER2 antibody (Herceptin) enhances the antitumor activity of paclitaxel and doxorubicin against HER2/neu overexpressing human breast cancer xenografts [published erratum appears in Cancer Res (1999) 59(8):2020 ], Cancer Res 58: 2825-31). (c) A third example relates to antibodies for delivery of cytotoxic compounds (toxins, radionuclides, etc.) directly to a tumor or other site of interest.
  • cytotoxic compounds toxins, radionuclides, etc.
  • a fourth application is antibody-directed enzyme prodrug therapy (ADEPT), where an enzyme co-localized to a tumor activates a systemically-administered pro-drug in the tumor vicinity.
  • ADPT antibody-directed enzyme prodrug therapy
  • Glaxo Wellcome Inc. is developing an anti-Ep-CAM1 antibody linked to carboxypeptidase A for treatment of colorectal cancer (Wolfe et al.
  • the second general class of antibody products are antagonists. These MAbs are designed to specifically inhibit normal cellular functions for therapeutic benefit.
  • An example is Orthoclone OKT3, an anti-CD3 MAb offered by Johnson and Johnson for reducing acute organ transplant rejection (Strate et al. (1990) “Orthoclone OKT3 as first-line therapy in acute renal allograft rejection” Transplant Proc 22: 219-20.
  • the third general class of antibody products are agonists. These Mabs are designed to specifically enhance normal cellular functions for therapeutic benefit.
  • Genentech Inc. is developing Mab-based agonists of acetylcholine receptors for neurotherapy (Xie et al. (1997) “Direct demonstration of MuSK involvement in acetylcholine receptor clustering through identification of agonist ScFv” Nat. Biotechnol. 15: 768-71.
  • the fourth general class of antibody products are diagnostic antibodies.
  • MAbs are the reagents of choice for clinical diagnostics. Assays range from simple spot tests to more involved methods such as the radio-labeled NR-LU-10 MAb from DuPont Merck Co. used for tumor imaging (Rusch et al. (1993) “NR-LU-10 monoclonal antibody scanning. A helpful new adjunct to computed tomography in evaluating non-small-cell lung cancer.” J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg 106: 200-4).
  • MAbs are central reagents for ELISA, western blotting, immunochemistry, affinity chromatograpy methods and the like.
  • the fifth general class of antibody products provide novel functions.
  • the main antibodies in this group are catalytic antibodies such as Ig sequences that have been engineered to mimic the catalytic abilities of enzymes (Wentworth and Janda (1998) “Catalytic antibodies” Curr Opin Chem Biol 2: 138-44.
  • catalytic antibodies such as Ig sequences that have been engineered to mimic the catalytic abilities of enzymes
  • an interesting application involves using the catalytic antibody mAb-15A10 to hydrolyze cocaine in vivo for addiction therapy (Mets et al. (1998) “A catalytic antibody against cocaine prevents cocaine's reinforcing and toxic effects in rats” Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 95: 10176-81).
  • Antibodies can be improved by (a) increasing the antigen binding affinity, thereby increasing therapeutic or diagnostic activity (b) increasing antigen binding specificity, thus reducing clinical side-effects and increasing diagnostic specificity, (c) decreasing the immunogenicity of the antibody molecule to avoid immune intolerance of therapeutics (e.g., by humanizing antibodies where the therapeutic use of the antibody occurs in a human patient), (d) increasing stability under a variety of in vitro buffer conditions to regain activity after repeated cycles of denaturation and renaturation, to improve ease of preparation or to extend serum half-life in vivo, and (e) improving effector function of an antibody (e.g., by increasing complement activation or opsonization).
  • this invention provides a technology platform to clone Mabs specific to any given antigen and to employ diversification procedures, such as DNA shuffling, to improve their therapeutic and/or diagnostic potential.
  • Mabs have an advantage over polyclonal antibodies in that Mabs provide consistent reagents that bind to specific epitopes with known binding affinities.
  • Polyclonal antibody preparations contain a mixture of antibodies that bind to many different epitopes of the same antigen. This lack of binding specificity of polyclonal preparations makes them unsuitable for therapeutic use.
  • certain features of the invention can also be applied to polyclonal antibody preparations.
  • vectors that contain optimal combinations of useful features are provided. Specifically, vectors include a backbone containing the ampR gene and replication origin from pBR322 (Bolivar et al. (1977) “Construction and characterization of new cloning vehicles II.
  • the Ig expression cassette contains (a) cloning sites for heavy chain (VH) and light chain (VL) sequences, (b) N-terminal fusions of VH and VL with the stII signal sequence for periplasmic targeting (Chang et al. (1989) “Periplasmic secretion of human growth hormone by Escherichia coli” Biochem Soc Trans 17: 335-7) (c) C-terminal fusions of VH and VL to human CH1 and CL regions which provide stable Ig expression in E. coli , (d) C-terminal fusions of VH/CL to the phage gIII protein for monovalent display (Bass et al.
  • Ig cassette lies in the fusions of VH and VL to known human CH1 and CL. Typically, fusions of variable regions to the constant domains of antibodies that are well-expressed in E. coli insures that the recombinant antibodies will also be highly expressed.
  • variants of these vectors include (a) separate vectors containing the human kappa CL or the human lambda CL, (b) the alkaline phosphatase (AP) promoter to provide phosphate-limiting inducible expression (Kikuchi et al.
  • phage displaying antibodies can be used to target and transfect mammalian cells with packaged DNA encoding a variety of functions.
  • Barry et al. proposed (1996) Nature Med 2:229, that isolated phage displaying specific targeting peptides direct DNAs to target cells.
  • Antibodies are more effective than peptides for this purpose as they typically bind to their target, e.g., a cell to be transfected, with higher affinity than do targeting peptides.
  • a target antigen is made based upon any available criteria, such as the existence of an antigen target on a cell. For example, to isolate novel MAbs for cancer immunotherapy, a human tumor-specific antigen is chosen as an antigen target. Selection criteria include specificity of the antigen to tumor cells, availability/stability of purified antigen and the like. Further details are found herein, e.g., in “Additional Details Regarding Antibody and Target Selection.”
  • Animals e.g., mouse, hamster, rabbit, chicken are a logical source of anti-human antibodies, since their immune systems recognize human proteins as foreign.
  • Many diagnostic MAbs are derived from animal Ig sequences. However, such antibodies retain characteristic animal sequences which may elicit adverse reactions when used as human therapeutics. Immunization of non-human primates, such as monkeys offers the potential advantage of generating a repertoire of nearly human high affinity antibodies.
  • An alternative approach is to isolate fully-human Mabs from large libraries of na ⁇ ve (non-immunized) human donors. If the library is sufficiently diverse, MAbs against many self-antigens can be routinely isolated (Griffiths et al.
  • the spleen is a convenient source of animal tissue while peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) are good sources of human tissue (Marks et al. (1991) “By-passing immunization. Human antibodies from V-gene libraries displayed on phage” J Mol Biol 222: 581-97) or bone marrow (Vaughan et al. (1996) “Human antibodies with sub-nanomolar affinities isolated from a large non-immunized phage display library” [see comments]. Nat Biotechnol 14: 309-14).
  • PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • primers are designed to amplify human (Tomlinson (1991) Immunoglobulin Genes . Academic Press, London), mouse (Clackson et al. (1991) “Making antibody fragments using phage display libraries” Nature 352:624-8; Yamanaka et al. (1995) “An improved phage display antibody cloning system using newly designed PCR primers optimized for Pfu DNA polymerase” J Biochem (Tokyo) 117: 1218-27), chicken (Davies et al.
  • E. coli strain XL1-Blue is an appropriate strain to transform as it has the supE44 mutation that allows read-through of the amber stop codon to create gIII fusions.
  • the effective diversity of the library can be increased by using a helper phage with a deleted gIII, thus insuring that every rescued phage will display FAb (Rakonjac et al. (1997) “Filamentous phage infection-mediated gene expression: construction and propagation of the gIII deletion mutant helper phage R408d3 ” Gene 198: 99-103).
  • the antigen is affixed to plasticware such as immunotubes or microtiter plates (Kretzschmar et al. (1995) “Selection procedures for nonmatured phage antibodies: a quantitative comparison and optimization strategies” Anal Biochem 224: 413-9), or ELISA plates (Barbas and Burton (1996) “Selection and evolution of high-affinity human anti-viral antibodies” Trends Biotechnol 14: 230-4. If the supply of antigen is not limiting, more efficient selection can be performed by affinity chomatography (Bass et al. (1990) “Hormone phage: an enrichment method for variant proteins with altered binding properties” Proteins 8: 309-14).
  • Plasmid DNA from positive clones, identified in a phage screen is isolated and transformed into a non-suppressing E. coli host (e.g. W3110). Without the a sup mutation, translation terminates at the amber stop codon and free Fab is produced. Soluble Fab is prepared and tested for specific binding to the original antigen by standard ELISA methods.
  • DNA from positive clones is sequenced to determine the uniqueness of each clone; after multiple rounds of panning, e.g., against purified antigen, cells or whole tissues, up to greater than 90% of recovered clones will share the same sequence (Barbas et al.
  • the present invention can include providing monoclonal antibodies, e.g., against the Staphylococcus and Streptococcus enterotoxins which can be optimized via a variety of diversification procedures, including among many others DNA shuffling, e.g., as diagnostic and/or immunotherapeutic agents.
  • monoclonal antibodies e.g., against the Staphylococcus and Streptococcus enterotoxins which can be optimized via a variety of diversification procedures, including among many others DNA shuffling, e.g., as diagnostic and/or immunotherapeutic agents.
  • DOD Department of Defense
  • DRPA Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency
  • monoclonal antibodies including the improved monoclonal antibodies of the invention, can be combined with appropriate hardware, e.g., a hand-held Biacore device, such as the one being investigated by A. Barraud at the Centre d' Etudes Nucleaires de Saclay, France, an antibody-based fiber-optic biosensor device like the one developed by Geo-Centers Inc. (Fort Washington, Mass.) that provides rapid and sensitive results, and the like. Improved diagnostics for enterotoxins are useful both for civilian and military purposes. Furthermore, antibodies like those generated against enterotoxins can be humanized and evaluated as immunotherapeutic agents for the treatment of sepsis.
  • appropriate hardware e.g., a hand-held Biacore device, such as the one being investigated by A. Barraud at the Centre d' Etudes Nucleaires de Saclay, France, an antibody-based fiber-optic biosensor device like the one developed by Geo-Centers Inc. (Fort Washington, Mass.) that provides rapid and sensitive results, and the like.
  • Monoclonal antibodies are available (e.g., from Research Diagnostics Inc., Igen International Inc., etc.) that recognize some Staphylococcus aureus enterotoxin groups. Additionally, polyclonal antibodies have been used in ELISAs to detect toxins from specific groups. These or other pre-existing antibodies, or any novel antibodies can be optimized by the recombination and mutagenesis, e.g., nucleic acid shuffling, methods disclosed herein. For example, the diversified, e.g., shuffled, antibodies of the invention can be selected to be more polyreactive (i.e., binding to toxins from all of the major groups) and more reactive, or hyper-reactive (i.e., binding to antigens with higher affinity).
  • Polyreactive monoclonal antibodies can provide value in that fewer unique antibody clones are necessary, e.g., to detect and/or neutralize known enterotoxins. Hyper-reactive monoclonal antibodies can provide value in terms of increased sensitivity of each assay or therapeutic application.
  • Chimeric proteins can be generated by a variety of recombination and mutagenesis procedures, such as nucleic acid shuffling, e.g., enterotoxin gene families (e.g., Staphylococcus groups A, B, C, D, E, G, H, I, J, TSST-1 , Streptococcus groups A, B, and C, and the like) which, in turn, can be used as vaccines to provide protection against challenges from multiple enterotoxin groups.
  • Lymphocytes from vaccinated mice can be isolated, the IgG sequences can be cloned into a phage-display vector, and the resulting libraries can be panned against the chimeric toxins.
  • Polyreactive clones can be selected and thereafter, further diversified to improve their binding properties. See e.g., Crameri et al. (1996) “Construction and Evolution of Antibody-Phage Display Libraries by DNA Shuffling,” Nat. Med. 2:100. Advantages of this approach include that the antibody phage display produces monoclonal antibodies that are superior to polyclonals in terms of reproducibility of activity and production cost. Furthermore, DNA diversification and selection procedures, e.g., shuffling, can significantly improve the binding properties of antibodies and the selected monoclonals can serve as proprietary clones.
  • MAbs specific to HBsAg, Yersinia V antigen, and Staph/Strep enterotoxins are optimized by DNA diversification and selection.
  • MAbs specific to each antigen or antigen variant provides new and useful reagents for epitope mapping, affinity purification, neutralization tests, ELISAs and western analysis.
  • a convenient and reliable source of immunized donor tissue is produced by mice vaccination studies of the variant antibodies.
  • DNA vaccines have the advantage that an isolated gene can be used for immunization, without requirement for the protein.
  • B-cell responses are often weak (Laylor et al. (1999) “DNA vaccination favours memory rather than effector B cell responses” Clin Exp Immunol 117: 106-12) and are difficult to measure by conventional methods.
  • phage display is a powerful new system to characterize antibody responses induced by genetic vaccines. In addition, this provides a rapid means to generate new MAbs against proteins when only the DNA sequences are available.
  • Affinity maturation is usually thought of as the increase in affinity of an immune response upon subsequent doses of an immunogen. In nature, it reflects the somatic mutation of variable gene sequences of individual antigen-stimulated B cells followed by selection and clonal expansion of those B cells bearing higher-affinity antigen receptors.
  • the methods of the present invention provide for an ex vivo analog of affinity maturation.
  • various DNA shuffling and/or additional diversification procedures are highly efficient forms of hypermutation, which unlike the process observed in vivo, are not restricted to so-called hypervariable regions.
  • Diversity, or hypermutation resulting from, e.g., the shuffling process provides the substrate for an artificial selection process.
  • affinity maturation is, in essence, achieved.
  • a first step towards improving antibody binding affinities involves chain shuffling, where the VH or VL gene of the parent antibody is replaced with a complete V-gene repertoire and re-selected (Schier and Marks (1996) “Efficient in vitro affinity maturation of phage antibodies using BIAcore guided selections” Hum Antibodies Hybridomas 7: 97-105).
  • the DNA diversification and selection procedures described herein are an improvement of this process in that they create additional diversity by randomly inserting V-gene fragments. (as well as any other antibody or antibody homologue subsequence) into the parental gene framework.
  • effector function of an antibody can be modified and/or optimized by recombination and/or mutagenesis of the heavy chain constant, or Fc regions.
  • Recombinant Fc sequences can be assayed directly in a complex, functional assay, e.g., whole animal pathogenic challenge, or by using in vitro model systems such as antibody-based neutralization, or complement mediated lysis assays.
  • Antibody encoding polynucleotides are optionally used as substrates for a variety of recombination and recursive recombination (e.g., DNA shuffling) reactions.
  • a variety of diversity generating protocols, including nucleic acid shuffling protocols, are available and fully described in the art. The procedures can be used separately, and/or in combination to produce one or more variants of a nucleic acid or set of nucleic acids, as well variants of encoded proteins.
  • nucleic acid libraries include, e.g., nucleic acid libraries
  • any of the diversity generating procedures described herein can be the generation of one or more nucleic acids, which can be selected or screened for nucleic acids that encode proteins with or which confer desirable properties.
  • any nucleic acids that are produced can be selected for a desired activity or property, e.g. increased affinity or specificity, reduced immunogenicity of the encoded antibody.
  • This can include identifying any activity that can be detected, for example, in an automated or automatable format, by any of the assays in the art, e.g., by ELISA, Biacore plasmon resonance, immunodiffusion, immunoprecipitation, affinity column purification. etc.
  • a variety of related (or even unrelated) properties can be evaluated, in serial or in parallel, at the discretion of the practitioner.
  • Mutational methods of generating diversity include, for example, site-directed mutagenesis (Ling et al. (1997) “Approaches to DNA mutagenesis: an overview” Anal Biochem. 254(2): 157-178; Dale et al. (1996) “Oligonucleotide-directed random mutagenesis using the phosphorothioate method” Methods Mol. Biol. 57:369-374; Smith (1985) “In vitro mutagenesis” Ann. Rev. Genet. 19:423-462; Botstein & Shortle (1985) “Strategies and applications of in vitro mutagenesis” Science 229:1193-1201; Carter (1986) “Site-directed mutagenesis” Biochem. J.
  • Additional suitable methods include point mismatch repair (Kramer et al. (1984) “Point Mismatch Repair” Cell 38:879-887), mutagenesis using repair-deficient host strains (Carter et al. (1985) “Improved oligonucleotide site-directed mutagenesis using M13 vectors” Nucl. Acids Res. 13: 4431-4443; and Carter (1987) “Improved oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis using M13 vectors” Methods in Enzymol. 154: 382-403), deletion mutagenesis (Eghtedarzadeh & Henikoff (1986) “Use of oligonucleotides to generate large deletions” Nucl.
  • sequence modification methods such as mutation, recombination, etc.
  • sequence modification methods such as mutation, recombination, etc.
  • Nucleic acids can be recombined in vitro by any of a variety of techniques discussed in the references above, including e.g., DNAse digestion of nucleic acids to be recombined followed by ligation and/or PCR reassembly of the nucleic acids.
  • DNAse digestion of nucleic acids to be recombined followed by ligation and/or PCR reassembly of the nucleic acids.
  • sexual PCR mutagenesis can be used in which random (or pseudo random, or even non-random) fragmentation of the DNA molecule is followed by recombination, based on sequence similarity, between DNA molecules with different but related DNA sequences, in vitro, followed by fixation of the crossover by extension in a polymerase chain reaction.
  • This process and many process variants is described in several of the references above, e.g., in Stemmer (1994) Proc.
  • nucleic acids encoding antibodies, antibody fragments, and the like are fragmented and recombined in vitro based on sequence similarity, and then selected for the property of interest.
  • nucleic acids can be recursively recombined in vivo, e.g., by allowing recombination to occur between nucleic acids in cells.
  • Many such in vivo recombination formats are set forth in the references noted above. Such formats optionally provide direct recombination between nucleic acids of interest, or provide recombination between vectors, viruses, plasmids, etc., comprising the nucleic acids of interest, as well as other formats. Details regarding such procedures are found in the references noted above.
  • in vivo recombination methods can be employed to generate antibodies with desired properties, for example by transfecting libraries of ScVF antibody encoding nucleic acids into a population of host cells, where they are recombined and expressed for selection.
  • Whole genome recombination methods can also be used in which whole genomes of cells or other organisms are recombined, optionally including spiking of the genomic recombination mixtures with desired library components (e.g., genes corresponding to the pathways of the present invention). These methods have many applications, including those in which the identity of a target gene is not known. Details on such methods are found, e.g., in WO 98/31837 by del Cardayre et al.
  • Synthetic recombination methods can also be used, in which oligonucleotides corresponding to targets of interest are synthesized and reassembled in PCR or ligation reactions which include oligonucleotides which correspond to more than one parental nucleic acid, thereby generating new recombined nucleic acids.
  • Oligonucleotides can be made by standard nucleotide addition methods, or can be made, e.g., by tri-nucleotide synthetic approaches. Details regarding such approaches are found in the references noted above, including, e.g., “OLIGONUCLEOTIDE MEDIATED NUCLEIC ACID RECOMBINATION” by Crameri et al., filed Sep. 28, 1999 (U.S. Ser. No.
  • silico methods of recombination can be effected in which genetic algorithms are used in a computer to recombine sequence strings which correspond to homologous (or even non-homologous) nucleic acids.
  • the resulting recombined sequence strings are optionally converted into nucleic acids by synthesis of nucleic acids which correspond to the recombined sequences, e.g., in concert with oligonucleotide synthesis/gene reassembly techniques. This approach can generate random, partially random or designed variants.
  • the parental polynucleotide strand can be removed by digestion (e.g., if RNA or uracil-containing), magnetic separation under denaturing conditions (if labeled in a manner conducive to such separation) and other available separation/purification methods.
  • the parental strand is optionally co-purified with the chimeric strands and removed during subsequent screening and processing steps. Additional details regarding this approach are found, e.g., in “SINGLE-STRANDED NUCLEIC ACID TEMPLATE-MEDIATED RECOMBINATION AND NUCLEIC ACID FRAGMENT ISOLATION” by Affholter, U.S. Ser. No. 60/186,482, filed Mar. 2, 2000.
  • single-stranded molecules are converted to double-stranded DNA (dsDNA) and the dsDNA molecules are bound to a solid support by ligand-mediated binding. After separation of unbound DNA, the selected DNA molecules are released from the support and introduced into a suitable host cell to generate a library enriched sequences which hybridize to the probe.
  • dsDNA double-stranded DNA
  • a library produced in this manner provides a desirable substrate for further diversification using any of the procedures described herein.
  • any of the preceding general recombination formats can be practiced in a reiterative fashion (e.g., one or more cycles of mutation/recombination or other diversity generation methods, optionally followed by one or more selection methods) to generate a more diverse set of recombinant nucleic acids.
  • Mutagenesis employing polynucleotide chain termination methods have also been proposed (see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,965,408, “Method of DNA reassembly by interrupting synthesis” to Short, and the references above), and can be applied to the present invention.
  • double stranded DNAs corresponding to one or more genes sharing regions of sequence similarity are combined and denatured, in the presence or absence of primers specific for the gene.
  • the single stranded polynucleotides are then annealed and incubated in the presence of a polymerase and a chain terminating reagent (e.g., ultraviolet, gamma or X-ray irradiation; ethidium bromide or other intercalators, DNA binding proteins, such as single strand binding proteins, transcription activating factors, or histones; polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons; trivalent chromium or a trivalent chromium salt; or abbreviated polymerization mediated by rapid thermocycling; and the like), resulting in the production of partial duplex molecules.
  • a chain terminating reagent e.g., ultraviolet, gamma or X-ray irradiation; ethidium bromide or other intercalators, DNA binding proteins, such as single strand binding proteins, transcription activating factors, or histones; polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons; trivalent chromium or a trivalent chromium salt; or abbreviated poly
  • the partial duplex molecules e.g., containing partially extended chains, are then denatured and reannealed in subsequent rounds of replication or partial replication resulting in polynucleotides which share varying degrees of sequence similarity and which are diversified with respect to the starting population of DNA molecules.
  • the products, or partial pools of the products can be amplified at one or more stages in the process.
  • Polynucleotides produced by a chain termination method, such as described above, are suitable substrates for any other described recombination format.
  • Mutational methods which result in the alteration of individual nucleotides or groups of contiguous or non-contiguous nucleotides can be favorably employed to introduce nucleotide diversity into the antibody sequences of the present invention.
  • Many mutagenesis methods are found in the above-cited references; additional details regarding mutagenesis methods can be found in following, which can also be applied to the present invention.
  • error-prone PCR can be used to generate nucleic acid variants.
  • PCR is performed under conditions where the copying fidelity of the DNA polymerase is low, such that a high rate of point mutations is obtained along the entire length of the PCR product. Examples of such techniques are found in the references above and, e.g., in Leung et al. (1989) Technique 1: 11-15 and Caldwell et al. (1992) PCR Methods Applic. 2:28-33.
  • assembly PCR can be used in a process which involves the assembly of a PCR product from a mixture of small DNA fragments. A large number of different PCR reactions can occur in parallel in the same reaction mixture, with the products of one reaction priming the products of another reaction.
  • Oligonucleotide directed mutagenesis can be used to introduce site-specific mutations in a nucleic acid sequence of interest. Examples of such techniques are found in the references above and, e.g., in Reidhaar-Olson et al. (1988) Science, 241:53-57. Similarly, cassette mutagenesis can be used in a process that replaces a small region of a double stranded DNA molecule with a synthetic oligonucleotide cassette that differs from the native sequence.
  • the oligonucleotide can contain, e.g., completely and/or partially randomized native sequence(s).
  • Recursive ensemble mutagenesis is a process in which an algorithm for protein mutagenesis is used to produce diverse populations of phenotypically related mutants, members of which differ in amino acid sequence. This method uses a feedback mechanism to monitor successive rounds of combinatorial cassette mutagenesis. Examples of this approach are found in Arkin & Youvan (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:7811-7815.
  • Exponential ensemble mutagenesis can be used for generating combinatorial libraries with a high percentage of unique and functional mutants. Small groups of residues in a sequence of interest are randomized in parallel to identify, at each altered position, amino acids which lead to functional proteins. Examples of such procedures are found in Delegrave & Youvan (1993) Biotechnology Research 11: 1548-1552.
  • In vivo mutagenesis can be used to generate random mutations in any cloned DNA of interest by propagating the DNA, e.g., in a strain of E. coli that carries mutations in one or more of the DNA repair pathways. These “mutator” strains have a higher random mutation rate than that of a wild-type parent. Propagating the DNA in one of these strains will eventually generate random mutations within the DNA. Such procedures are described in the references noted above.
  • Transformation of a suitable host with such multimers consisting of genes that are divergent with respect to one another, (e.g., derived from natural diversity or through application of site directed mutagenesis, error prone PCR, passage through mutagenic bacterial strains, and the like), provides a source of nucleic acid diversity for DNA diversification, e.g., by an in vivo recombination process as indicated above.
  • a multiplicity of monomeric polynucleotides sharing regions of partial sequence similarity can be transformed into a host species and recombined in vivo by the host cell. Subsequent rounds of cell division can be used to generate libraries, members of which, include a single, homogenous population, or pool of monomeric polynucleotides.
  • the monomeric nucleic acid can be recovered by standard techniques, e.g., PCR and/or cloning, and recombined in any of the recombination formats, including recursive recombination formats, described above.
  • Multispecies expression libraries include, in general, libraries comprising cDNA or genomic sequences from a plurality of species or strains, operably linked to appropriate regulatory sequences, in an expression cassette.
  • the cDNA and/or genomic sequences are optionally randomly ligated to further enhance diversity.
  • the vector can be a shuttle vector suitable for transformation and expression in more than one species of host organism, e.g., bacterial species, eukaryotic cells.
  • the library is biased by preselecting sequences which encode a protein of interest, or which hybridize to a nucleic acid of interest. Any such libraries can be provided as substrates for any of the methods herein described.
  • recombined CDRs derived from B cell cDNA libraries can be amplified and assembled into framework regions (e.g., Jirholt et al. (1998) “Exploiting sequence space: shuffling in vivo formed complementarity determining regions into a master framework” Gene 215: 471) prior to diversifying according to any of the methods described herein.
  • framework regions e.g., Jirholt et al. (1998) “Exploiting sequence space: shuffling in vivo formed complementarity determining regions into a master framework” Gene 215: 47
  • Libraries can be biased towards nucleic acids which encode proteins with desirable enzyme activities. For example, after identifying a clone from a library which exhibits a specified activity, the clone can be mutagenized using any known method for introducing DNA alterations. A library comprising the mutagenized homologues is then screened for a desired activity, which can be the same as or different from the initially specified activity.
  • a desired activity can be the same as or different from the initially specified activity.
  • Desired activities can be identified by any method known in the art.
  • WO 99/10539 proposes that gene libraries can be screened by combining extracts from the gene library with components obtained from metabolically rich cells and identifying combinations which exhibit the desired activity. It has also been proposed (e.g., WO 98/58085) that clones with desired activities can be identified by inserting bioactive substrates into samples of the library, and detecting bioactive fluorescence corresponding to the product of a desired activity using a fluorescent analyzer, e.g., a flow cytometry device, a CCD, a fluorometer, or a spectrophotometer.
  • a fluorescent analyzer e.g., a flow cytometry device, a CCD, a fluorometer, or a spectrophotometer.
  • Libraries can also be biased towards nucleic acids which have specified characteristics, e.g., hybridization to a selected nucleic acid probe.
  • a desired activity e.g., an enzymatic activity, for example: a lipase, an esterase, a protease, a glycosidase, a glycosyl transferase, a phosphatase, a kinase, an oxygenase, a peroxidase, a hydrolase, a hydratase, a nitrilase, a transaminase, an amidase or an acylase) can be identified from among genomic DNA sequences in the following manner.
  • an enzymatic activity for example: a lipase, an esterase, a protease, a glycosidase, a glycosyl transferase, a phosphatase, a kinase, an oxygenase, a peroxidase
  • Single stranded DNA molecules from a population of genomic DNA are hybridized to a ligand-conjugated probe.
  • the genomic DNA can be derived from either a cultivated or uncultivated microorganism, or from an environmental sample. Alternatively, the genomic DNA can be derived from a multicellular organism, or a tissue derived therefrom.
  • Second strand synthesis can be conducted directly from the hybridization probe used in the capture, with or without prior release from the capture medium or by a wide variety of other strategies known in the art.
  • the isolated single-stranded genomic DNA population can be fragmented without further cloning and used directly in, e.g., a recombination-based approach,; that employs a single-stranded template, as described above.
  • Non-Stochastic methods of generating nucleic acids and polypeptides are alleged in Short “Non-Stochastic Generation of Genetic Vaccines and Enzymes” WO 00/46344. These methods, including proposed non-stochastic polynucleotide reassembly and site-saturation mutagenesis methods can be applied to the present invention as well.
  • kits for mutagenesis, library construction and other diversity generation methods are also commercially available.
  • kits are available from, e.g., Stratagene (e.g., QuickChangeTM site-directed mutagenesis kit; and ChameleonTM double-stranded, site-directed mutagenesis kit), Bio/Can Scientific, Bio-Rad (e.g., using the Kunkel method described above), Boehringer Mannheim Corp., Clonetech Laboratories, DNA Technologies, Epicentre Technologies (e.g., 5 prime 3 prime kit); Genpak Inc, Lemargo Inc, Life Technologies (Gibco BRL), New England Biolabs, Pharmacia Biotech, Promega Corp., Quantum Biotechnologies, Amersham International plc (e.g., using the Eckstein method above), and Boothn Biotechnology Ltd. (e.g., using the Carter/Winter method above).
  • Stratagene e.g., QuickChangeTM site-directed mutagenesis kit
  • nucleic acids of the invention can be recombined (with each other, or with related (or even unrelated) sequences) to produce a diverse set of recombinant nucleic acids, including, e.g., sets of homologous nucleic acids, as well as corresponding polypeptides.
  • recombining steps can be performed in vivo, in vitro, or in silico as described in more detail in the references above.
  • a cell containing any resulting recombinant nucleic acid, nucleic acid libraries produced by recursive recombination of the nucleic acids set forth herein, and populations of cells, vectors, viruses, plasmids or the like comprising the library or comprising any recombinant nucleic acid resulting from recombination (or recursive recombination) of a nucleic acid as set forth herein with another such nucleic acid, or an additional nucleic acid.
  • Corresponding sequence strings in a database present in a computer system or computer readable medium are a feature of the invention.
  • variations of recombination and mutagenesis procedures can be compared.
  • Such variations include (a) recombining only positive clones (e.g., low-diversity shuffling), (b) recombining positive clones with all clones from the parent library (e.g., high-diversity shuffling), (c) recombining positive clones with other members of the Ig super family, for example with T cell receptor genes (e.g., family shuffling), especially, e.g., where added functionality is desirable (e.g., in providing antibodies with unique functions such as enzymatic activity) (d) spiking the recombination reaction with oligos encoding partially-randomized CDRs (Crameri et al.
  • recombined CDRs derived from B cell cDNA libraries can be amplified and assembled into framework regions (e.g., Jirholt et al. (1998) “Exploiting sequence space: shuffling in vivo formed complementarity determining regions into a master framework” Gene 215: 471-476) prior to DNA recombination, e.g., shuffling, according to any of the methods described herein, or (h) any combination of the above.
  • framework regions e.g., Jirholt et al. (1998) “Exploiting sequence space: shuffling in vivo formed complementarity determining regions into a master framework” Gene 215: 471-476
  • the methods of the present invention can readily be applied to the development and optimization of antibodies to fulfill a wide variety of functions, determined largely by the selection of the target antigen or antigens. It is possible through the selection of appropriate target antigens to generate and evolve antibodies as treatment candidates for a number of human diseases.
  • diseases which result from a disregulation of the immune system such as chronic inflammatory diseases, (e.g., lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, and diabetes) and allergies, can respond favorably to antibodies which target components of the immune regulatory network, e.g., T cell and B cell surface determinants, superantigens, MHC class II, interferon gamma, alpha interferon, and leucointegrin.
  • the invention also provides for the development of optimized and humanized antibody reagents for the treatment of acute autoimmune disorders such as rhesus factor induced hydrops fetalis through the generation of improved recombinant anti-rh antibodies.
  • antibodies directed against other targets have potential in modulating the immune response.
  • antibodies to small molecule immunemodulators such as nitrotyrosine, can play a role in regulating immune system disorders.
  • Novel and improved antibodies directed against Lymphocyte cell surface receptors and ligands e.g., B7, CD80, CD86, CD28, and CTLA-4
  • Adhesion Molecules e.g., LFA-1, Pgp-1, VLA-4, VCAM-1, ICAM-1, etc.
  • interleukins and their receptors e.g., Il-2, IL-2R, etc.
  • cytokines interferon-gamma, tumor necrosis factor, alpha interferon, transforming growth factor-beta, etc.
  • CD25, CD20, CD28, CD18, CD23, CD22, CD30, CD44, CD150 and their receptors, e.g., CD45R, are all suitable substrates for the methods of the invention.
  • the present invention also provides for the derivation and evolution of novel cancer immunotherapeutic agents as noted supra.
  • Pan carcinoma markers as well as markers expressed on the surface of specific tumor types, e.g., bladder, breast, prostate, ovary, melanoma, glioma, lymphoma, and colorectal carcinoma, etc. can be isolated and used as described herein to generate monoclonal antibodies.
  • tumor growth factors including TNF-alpha, interferon gamma, ras, ErbB2, ErbB-3 R, adrenomedulin, Fas, EGF, EGF-R, rat neuT, Flk-1 receptor, vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), nscic, pancarcinoma markers, carcinoembryonic antigen, (CEA), human chorionic gonadotrophin (HCG), alphafetoprotein (AFP) are all suitable as targets for the antibodies of the invention.
  • Neurological disorders such as Alzheimers disease can be addressed using the methods and antibodies of the invention, for example by developing optimized antibodies against beta-amyloid aggregates.
  • Antibodies useful in the treatment of such chronic degenerative disorders as Multiple Sclerosis can be developed using antibodies selected by the methods of the invention to stimulate remyelination.
  • Antibodies of the invention can also be optimized for use in the treatment of drug overdose, and toxicity, e.g., cocaine, antidepressents.
  • Reagents useful for the diagnosis of neurological disorders are also a feature of the invention. For example antibodies directed against neural components, such as HexosaminidaseA are valuable in the diagnosis of specific neurological disorders, e.g., Tay-Sachs disease.
  • Humanized antibodies optimized to bind proteins involved in lipid homeostasis can readily be made by the methods of the invention, and have potential utility in the treatment of diagnosis and treatment of hyperlipidemia and arteriosclerosis.
  • proteins involved in lipid homeostasis such as Cholesterol ester transfer protein (CETP), low density lipoprotein (LDL), and the atherosclerotic plaque marker, Z2D3, can readily be made by the methods of the invention, and have potential utility in the treatment of diagnosis and treatment of hyperlipidemia and arteriosclerosis.
  • antibodies to human adipocytes have potential in the treatment of obesity.
  • Antibodies developed by the methods of the invention and directed against Type II phospholipase A2 are a possible reagent in the treatment of myocardial infarction, and antibodies against fibring have potential in the treatment of clotting disorders.
  • the present invention also provides for antibodies useful in the treatment of infectious diseases, including those caused by viral pathogens, e.g., Herpes Simplex Virus, Herpes zoster, Hepatitis, A, B, C, Cytalomegalovirus, Respiratory syncitial virus, rabies, Human Papilloma Virus, Varicella zoster, B19 Parvovirus and viral agents causing the common cold, among others.
  • An aspect of the invention relates to the coevolution of antibodies against HIV, including epitopes derived from envelope proteins, and including p17, gp120, gp41, p24.
  • Antibodies can also be developed that are useful in the treatment of infectious diseases caused by bacterial agents, including enterococci, (e.g., E. coli verotoxin), Bacillus psocyaneus (flagellum), Pneumocystis carinii, Pseudomonas aureuginosa, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Clostridium difficile, Cryptosporidium sp., Pseudomonas sp., and tetanus.
  • Candidates for the treatment of fungal infections include ubiquitous heat shock proteins, e.g., the hsp90 of Candida albicans , which can be selected for high affinity binding, in spite of the limited antigenicity of the target antigen.
  • Antibody-conjugates include antibodies conjugated to protein moieties, (e.g., enzymes, nerve growth factor), chemotherapeutic or antiproliferative agents, (genistein, doxorubicin, calicheamicin, MX-DPTA, maytansine, mitomycin, etc.), radio-conjugates, (e.g., rhenium-186, rhenium-188, astatine-211, technetium-99, indium-111), and toxins, (e.g., PE38 and PE40 truncated Pseudomonas exotoxin, blocked ricin).
  • protein moieties e.g., enzymes, nerve growth factor
  • chemotherapeutic or antiproliferative agents e.g., chemotherapeutic or antiproliferative agents, (genistein, doxorubicin, calicheamicin, MX-DPTA, maytansine, mitomycin, etc.
  • antibodies conjugated to bioactive moieties such as vasoactive agents, and moieties which facilitate transport of the antibody across membranes or into the nucleus.
  • bioactive moieties such as vasoactive agents
  • moieties which facilitate transport of the antibody across membranes or into the nucleus are also included.
  • non-biological particles such as gold, and magnetic nanoparticles (MNP, e.g., ranging from 10-50 nm in size
  • Tables 1 and 2 below, provides a description of a variety of antibodies, their origins, source, target or diagnostic use, and, if available, accession number.
  • the H column relates to whether the antibodies are humanized. Any of the antibodies in the Tables, as well as any of those noted herein, can be modified according to the methods of the invention.
  • the antibodies can be diversified and selected, e.g., shuffled, to improve activity, or specificity, to reduce immunogenicity (e.g., by humanization) or the like.
  • the majority of antibodies are monoclonal antibodies, although some of those presented are polyclonal.
  • the present invention relates to the diversification, for example, by nucleic acid shuffling, of both monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies, and polyclonal antibodies can be converted to polyclonal antibodies by standard methods.
  • One aspect of the invention provides methods of improving an antibody of Table 1 or Table 2.
  • a nucleic acid encoding an antibody of Table 1 or 2, or a homologue or fragment thereof is recombined with one or more additional antibody coding nucleic acid, or homologue or fragment thereof.
  • a fragment of a sequence for purposes of this disclosure is an actual fragment produced, e.g., by nuclease digestion (e.g., DNAse digestion), mechanical shearing, amplification, etc., of the indicated parental nucleic acid, or an oligonucleotide generated to include at least about 20, and typically about 40 or more nucleotides of the parental nucleic acid.
  • parental nucleic acids such as the nucleic acids encoding the enumerated nucleic antibodies above, are fragmented, hybridized with homologous nucleic acid fragments and the resulting hybridized nucleic acids extended using a polymerase.
  • Other approaches such as in silico sequence recombination (in silico shuffling) and whole genome recombination (whole genome shuffling) (e.g., in conjunction with libraries of the relevant nucleic acids) can also be adopted.
  • antibodies generated against e.g., the targets used to generate the antibodies of Table 1 and 2
  • These antibodies are also desirably diversified (e.g., shuffled) using the techniques herein.
  • antibodies are produced using na ⁇ ve libraries of human antibodies or from cells isolated from humans which are immunized with a target of interest (e.g., cells isolated from patients suffering from a disease such as HIV infection or any other condition which results in production of antibodies to a target).
  • a target of interest e.g., cells isolated from patients suffering from a disease such as HIV infection or any other condition which results in production of antibodies to a target.
  • any of the relevant targets can be used to screen na ⁇ ve libraries of displayed antibodies (e.g., na ⁇ ve human libraries).
  • the targets can be used to elicit antibodies in animals such as mice or rabbits using standard methods (see, the references cited herein).
  • homologous nucleic acids are at least about 50% identical, often 60% or more identical, generally 70% or more identical, and occasionally 80%, 90%, or even 95% or more identical.
  • homologous nucleic acids can be components of a phage display library or can result from immunization of one or more animal with a given antigen.
  • homologous nucleic acids can be members of gene families selected from the Immunoglobulin Superfamily, e.g., T cell receptor genes. Such nucleic acids provide a significant source of diversity in the antigen binding domain as well as contributing novel functional attributes.
  • arthritis anti-HER2neu scFv Micromet cancer anti-herpes hu EPlcyte Pharmaceutical Herpes virus, infection, other anti-HFLA-1 mu SangStat transplant rejection anti-HIV hu BMS gp120, pg41 anti-HIV hu NYU Medical Center HIV, infection anti-HSV-I Glaxo Wellcome Herpes simplex I anti-idiotypic Alliance Pharmaceteutical AIDS vaccine anti-idiotypic hu Karolinska Institute cancer vaccine anti-idiotypic Texas Biotechnology vaccine anti-IFG-1 Glaxo Wellcome cancer, other anti-IL-12 Medarex anti-IL-15 hu Medarex inflammation, other anti-IL-2R American Home Products arthritis anti-IL-6 Centocor colitis, asthma, psoriasis, bone regeneration, osteoporosis, arthritis anti-IL-8 hu Medarex anti-LFA1 mu SangStat transplant rejection Antilymphoma Invitron cancer Antimelanoma Institute of Medical and Veterinary cancer Science
  • TNF anti-uPAR Wilex Biotechnology cancer other AuA1 Imperial Cancer Research Fund cancer B1 mu Coulter/SmithKline Beecham CD20 B4 United Biomedical CD4/HIV complex B43 University of Minnesota CD19 B72-3 Celltech Chiroscience cancer, diagnostic B96-doxorubicin Seattle Genetics cancer, other Basiliximab Novartis IL-2R bispecific BAT-123 Baylor College of Medicine HIV BBC-353 Hybritech cancer BC-1 Antisoma oncofetal fibronectin BD-95225 Sanofi-Synthelabo cancer BD-95325 Sanofi-Synthelabo cancer BIBH-1 Boehringer Ingelheim cancer bispecific enzyme- Immunomedics cancer, other drug coActive BIWA-4 Boehringer Ingelheim CD44v6 BM12 hu Merck gp120 BMS-181170 hu BMS group B strep.
  • GivaRex AltaRex Idiotype CA19.9 expressing tumors Gliomab-H Novopharm brain tumors glycoside GD2 Meiji Milk cancer GNI-250 Sloan-Kettering tumors Gonorrhoea vac. (SMZ4) Univ. of Southhampton gonorrhoea Med.
  • MDX-210 Medarex Her-2/neu MDX-22 Medarex acute myeloid leukemia MDX-220 Medarex glycoprotein TAG-72/H22 MDX-240 Medarex gp41 MDX-260 Medarex melanoma, neuroblastoma, glioma MDX-33 y Medarex Fc receptor MDX-447 y Medarex/Merck EGF-R/FcgammaR1 MDX-CD4 hu Medarex arthritis MEDI-488 MedImmune alphaV3 HIV-1 Melimmune IDEC melanoma Melo-Derm Selective Genetics malignant melanocytes methotrexate CRC Technology cancer MH-1 Am.
  • NeoRx CEA expressing tumors /rhenium NR-LU-10 NeoRx cancer NR-LU-10-PE NeoRx breast Ca. /Pseudomonas exotoxin NR-LU-13 NeoRx pancarcinoma tumors /rhenium NR-ML-05 NeoRx hu.
  • arteriosclerosis REGA-3G12 mu Rega Institute human neutrophil gelatinase RFB4 ICRT CD22 RG-83852 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer cancer rhuMab-E25 y Novartis/Tanox IgE RNase-conjugate Immunomedics cancer, other rubella Research Corp.
  • Triclonal Medimorphics CMV/HIV TriGem mu Trilex idiotype, malignant melanoma, sclc Tuvirumab hum PDL HbB TXU-PAP Wayne Hughes Institute UBS-54 U-BiSys cancer UCHL1 ICRT CD45RO UJ13A ICRT glioma, neural cell adhesion molecules UP4-33 mu Takeda GMP-140/urokinase bispecific vindesine conjugates Eli Lilly cancer, other WT1-ricin Imperial Cancer Research Fund Leukemia XomaScan-791 Xoma cancer, imaging agent XOMEN-0E5 mu Xoma septic shock Xomen-PS mu Xoma septic shock XTL-001 XTL Biopharmaceuticals HbB 1+ YM-337 y Yamanouchi human platelet GPIIb/IIIa Fab ZD-0490 AstraZeneca colon CA /ricin
  • any appropriate selection method in the art can be used to optimize antibody selection following diversification (e.g., by nucleic acid shuffling procedures).
  • the following approaches provide examples of specific selection approaches.
  • affinity selection There are several different approaches for affinity selection.
  • One method uses soluble antigen as a competitor in the selection reaction. If the concentration of competitor is near the KD of the parent clone, then clones with increased affinity will be preferentially bound to the fixed antigen.
  • Another approach is to reduce the concentration of matrix-bound antigen to a level at or below the KD of the parent clone, thus creating a preferential selection for higher affinity mutants.
  • selection can be performed in solution (Hawkins et al. (1992) “Selection of phage antibodies by binding affinity. Mimicking affinity maturation” J Mol Biol 226: 889-96).
  • Fab-phage bind to biotinylated antigen in solution which allows capture by streptavidin-coated magnetic beads.
  • An entirely different approach allows unrestricted binding of phage to an antigen-bound matrix, and higher affinity clones are selected by elution under increasing stringent conditions (Schier and Marks (1996) “Efficient in vitro affinity maturation of phage antibodies using BIAcore guided selections” Hum Antibodies Hybridomas 7: 97-105).
  • a yeast or bacterial display system is used and binding to a fluorescent antigen of interest is evaluated by flow cytometry. Progressively decreasing antigen concentrations into the picomolar range results in selection of clones with increasing affinity.
  • affinity maturation is sufficient to produce an antibody that binds tightly to only one epitope on the desired antigen. Binding specificity can be monitored by ELISA assays against related antigens; by microscopic assays of labeled antibodies on whole cells, by competitive phage selection, (see e.g., Dennis. M. et al., (1994) “Kunitz domain inhibitors of tissue factor-factor VIIa, II. Patent and specific inhibitors by competitive phage selection.” J Biol Chem . Sep 2;269(35):22137-44), or other soluble competition assays, (e.g. Cunningham, B. et al, (1994) “Production of an atrial natriuretic peptide variant that is specific for type A receptor.” EMBO J Jun 1;13(11):2508-15, or by specific in vivo effects.
  • non-human antibodies can be humanized by repeated recombination (e.g., shuffling) of coding nucleic acids with human antibody genes, e.g., with libraries of human antibodies.
  • antibodies can be modified to eliminate human MHC class II binding peptides within the antibody, thus, reducing the ability of human T cells to recognize fragments of the antibody as foreign.
  • affinity of the antibody for antigen can be improved using, e.g., DNA shuffling or other diversity generating and selection procedures, as described herein.
  • Stability of an antibody a variety of buffer conditions, as well as after repeated cycles of denaturation and renaturation is of significant utility in the commercial production and application of antibody reagents.
  • Candidate antibodies can be evaluated for their antigen binding and other properties after exposure to, e.g., buffers of different ionic strength and pH, denaturing agents.
  • activity can be evaluated after multiple cycles of denaturation and renaturation, as well as after purification by any of a number of methods. Such evaluations can include among other parameters, assessment of folding rate and efficiency.
  • Other desirable attributes such as column binding on/off rates, column durability, low non-specific binding, and the like are also suitable for selection by the methods of the present invention.
  • Screening or selection strategies can be designed to optimize effector function as well as antigen binding.
  • assays which evaluate the constant or Fc region are applied.
  • Such assays include in vitro assays, e.g., complement fixation, complement mediated cell lysis. Fc receptor binding, as well as in vivo assays conducted in model systems, most frequently, the mouse.
  • In vivo assays which measure stability via serum half-life, clearance of toxins or other small molecules, or resistance to a pathogenic challenge can be used to select antibodies with enhanced functions.
  • Antibody-ligand binding in solution is often inadequate for neutralization or therapeutic application. Thus while improvements gained in affinity and specificity can drastically enhance binding properties, these improvements do not necessarily result in an antibody which provides enhanced functional capabilities.
  • an antibody to effectively destroy a tumor cell, an antibody must first be able to bind an antigen on the tumor cell with high affinity and specificity. It must then be able to mediate destruction of the tumor cell bearing the antigen.
  • One well known mechanism of antibody-linked cell destruction is the complement mediated lysis pathway. This lysis process is initiated by the fixation of the Clq complement component by an antibody constant region, or Fc.
  • the Fc domains of the different antibody isotypes are bound by a family of Fc receptors, which mediate such functional aspects as opsonization and phagocytosis, and activation of natural killer cells in antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC).
  • ADCC antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity
  • Numerous assays, known in the art, are available to evaluate the capacity of variant (e.g., shuffled) antibody and Fc domains to perform in one or more of these processes.
  • Antigen-MAb fusions can be a powerful means for targeting antigens to antigen presenting cells, such as dendritic cells (DCs).
  • DCs dendritic cells
  • a rapid, specific and potent means of targeting antigens to professionalAPCs achieves a more rapid protective immune response, and a more robust immune response for a given dose of antigen, than is observed for standard immunizations. This effect is useful when rapid countermeasures are required, such as when the antigen-antibody fusion is used as a biological warfare counter agent or in an area of rapidly emerging disease, or where delivery of antigen is limiting as in DNA immunization or novel antigen delivery devices such as transdermal patches.
  • the MAb N418 reacts specifically with an integrin present on murine DCs (Metlay et al. (1990) “The distinct leukocyte integrins of mouse spleen dendritic cells as identified with new hamster monoclonal antibodies” J Exp Med 171: 1753-71).
  • the VH and VL sequences from N418 can be cloned into an antibody phage-display vector.
  • Phage-Fab are produced and used to immunize mice. Immunization with phage-Fab is compared with wild-type phage and differences in the onset time of the anti-phage immune response could be monitored.
  • a human MAb that binds specifically to human DCs can then be produced. For example, large na ⁇ ve human libraries are panned against human DCs, and specificity is monitored by cross-reaction to other human cell types. If additional diversity is desireable, then MAbs similar to the murine N418 could be generated, recombined and or mutated, e.g., shuffled, screened on human DCs, and then humanized for immunotherapy.
  • MAb-antigen fusions for targeted immunization could employ MAb-phage-antigen fusions.
  • antigens can be displayed on the opposite end of the phage with respect to the gIII-fused FAbs. If the displayed FAb is specific to DCs, then the fused antigen can be effectively delivered. This process has the advantage that MAbs need not be subcloned into new vectors to create MAb-antigen fusions.
  • Filamentous bacteriophage such as M13 carry a circular, single-stranded DNA (ssDNA) molecule encased by coat proteins.
  • ssDNA single-stranded DNA
  • Targeting Fab-phage to APCs affords a novel method of delivering phage DNA to lymphocytes.
  • Delivered DNA can serve an immunostimulatory function, e.g. as a vaccine or therapeutic agent, as a result of certain sequence motifs that it may contain.
  • Portions of the phage genome could be replaced with known immunostimulatory sequences (ISS) or by sequences that have been optimized for ISS activity by recombination or mutagenesis procedures, such as DNA shuffling.
  • ISS immunostimulatory sequences
  • oligonucleotides when used as ISS agents, they are prepared with phosphorothioate bonds to increase their in vivo stability. Phage can be grown in sodium thiophosphate to add phosphorothioate bonds to their DNA.
  • Antibody phage-display has been successfully used to isolate tumor-specific Mabs (Kupsch et al., (1999) “Isolation of human tumor-specific antibodies by selection of an antibody phage library on melanoma cells” Clin Cancer Res 5: 925-31).
  • the technology platform herein can be used to generate novel MAbs specific to any tumor type.
  • MAbs can be evolved for increased binding affinity, specificity, and reduced antigenicity.
  • Antibodies are antagonists of non-host molecules.
  • MAbs can be generated against neutralizing epitopes of infectious agents, optimized by DNA diversification and selection procedures (e.g., nucleic acid shuffling methods), and used for passive immunotherapy.
  • MAbs are currently being evaluated for passive immunotherapy of HIV (Parren and Burton (1997) “Antibodies against HIV-1 from phage display libraries: mapping of an immune response and progress towards antiviral immunotherapy” Chem Immunol 65:18-56), HSV (Protein Design Labs, Inc.), Hepatitis B (Protein Design Labs, Inc.), and others.
  • MAbs that inhibit normal cellular functions for therapeutic benefit, such as blocking specific receptors or their ligands.
  • MAb therapies currently exist (Infliximab, Centocor, Inc.) but can be improved by optimizing MAbs by molecular evolution as described herein.
  • Ligand-induced dimerization or oligomerization of receptors is a well-established mechanism of signal transduction (Castellino and Chao (1996) “Trans-signaling by cytokine and growth factor receptors” Cytokine Growth Factor Rev 7:297-302). Many clinically important receptors utilize this mechanism, including growth factor receptors, G protein-coupled receptors, cytokine receptors and trophic factor receptors. Because antibodies contain at least two identical antigen binding sites, Mabs can mimic the oligomer-inducing signal transduction abilities of the native ligand. Using phage display, MAbs are selected to bind to selected receptors and evolved to enhance the activity of the native ligand. Further evolution can be performed to improve variables such as serum half-life, specificity, or immunogenicity.
  • BW biological warfare
  • the antibody phage-display platform herein generates MAbs to many conceivable antigens, such as BW agents, and directed evolution (e.g., recombination and mutagenesis procedures such as nucleic acid shuffling in combination with appropriate selection procedures) optimizes their diagnostic capabilities.
  • BW agents e.g., BW agents
  • directed evolution e.g., recombination and mutagenesis procedures such as nucleic acid shuffling in combination with appropriate selection procedures
  • BW detection systems BioCentury, 7:29
  • An extension of this work is to optimize clinical diagnostics for established (HIV, hepatitis B, herpes, etc.) and emerging (hepatitis C, viral encephalitis, ebola, etc.) diseases.
  • references herein describe a variety of recombination (e.g., shuffling) protocols in which families of related sequence are recombined (directly as in DNAse mediated procedures) or indirectly (as in oligonucleotide and in silico shuffling procedures). These protocols are adapted to the present invention by recombining (e.g., shuffling) antibody genes or homologues from related species or alleles.
  • V genes from common donors human, mouse, rabbit
  • V gene libraries from a wide range of vertebrate species shown to have an adaptive immune system
  • Immunoglobulin genes have now been sequenced from several uncommon vertebrates, including camel (Arbabi Ghahroudi et al. (1997) “Selection and identification of single domain antibody fragments from camel heavy-chain antibodies” FEBS Lett 414: 521-6), possum (Belov et al.
  • Sequences from other members of the Ig superfamily can be cloned and recombined, or recursively recombined (e.g., shuffled) with existing MAbs to provide additional diversity.
  • a specific example is the use of sequences from the gene family ICAM-1 (CD54) that binds to lymphocyte function-associated antigen 1 (LFA-1, CD11a/CD18), complement receptor 1 (MAC-1, CD11b/CD18), and p150,95 (CD11c/CD18). More generally, sequences are derived from immunoglobulin homology domains of MHC class II genes or from many cytokine receptors known to share broad homology with Igs. Where sequences are not sufficiently homologous for direct recombination, indirect recombination methods such as oligonucleotide or in silico shuffling can be used.
  • T cell receptor genes provide a particularly useful source of diversity. Like the antibody genes themselves, T cell receptors are encoded by a large multigene family which is subject to recombination in the generation of an intact T cell receptor. Also, similarly to antibodies, the T cell receptor has antigen binding as a primary function. To make use of this diversity, two general approaches are used. T cell receptor gene sequences can be provided as substrates for recombination and mutagenesis (e.g., shuffling) reactions as described above. Alternatively, T cell receptor genes are used to create display libraries which are selected for binding to a target of interest. The selected genes can then be recombined with antibody gene segments to produce antibodies with novel binding specificities. In addition, T cell receptor libraries are useful in the selection and optimization of novel, improved T cell receptors which bind to a target of interest.
  • Antibody genes have been used to replace the T cell receptor in order to allow T cells to be activated by binding to, for example, a cell surface protein via and antigen-antibody interaction rather than an MHC-TCR interaction (Eshhar (1997) “Tumor-specific T-bodies: towards clinical application” Cancer Immunology and immunotherapy 45: 131-136). Since MAbs are not naturally optimized for this application, recursive DNA recombination procedures (e.g., nucleic acid shuffling) are particularly useful for improving upon the reactivity of MAbs when fused to the TCR to improve upon the therapeutic uses of such T-bodies.
  • recursive DNA recombination procedures e.g., nucleic acid shuffling
  • the methods of the present invention provide a means of modifying the effector domain as well as the antigen binding domain of antibodies.
  • the heavy chain constant region consisting of the CH2 and CH3 domains, and corresponding to the Fc domain derived by pepsin digestion of an antibody molecule, is the mediator of antibody effector function.
  • the humoral immune response of which antibody mediated adaptive immunity is one component, involves numerous other factors for the neutralization and elimination of pathogens.
  • the complement cascade directly and indirectly mediates the lysis of such pathogens as bacteria.
  • the Clq complement component binds directly to the Fc domain of bound IgM or IgG resulting in the activation of a serine protease component.
  • Proteolytic fragments of downstream complement molecules result in opsonization and subsequent phagocytosis and in stimulating a local inflammatory response.
  • complement components recognized by specific complement receptors, and bound antibody recognized by Fc receptors synergistically facilitate uptake and destruction of bacterial pathogens by macrophages and other phagocytic cells.
  • Fc receptors are present on non-antigen binding cells of the immune system such as macrophages, neutrophils, natural killer cells, mast cells and eosinophils. Through binding of Fc receptors, the functional attributes of the different cells bearing them are brought into play during an immune response. By increasing or altering the affinity of binding between an antibody and one or more of the various Fc receptors, the efficacy of an antibody can be enhanced. For example, by altering the binding coefficient of an IgG subclass for the Fc receptor, the concentration of antibody required for a therapeutic application can be decreased. In recent clinical trials of the therapeutic antibody, OKT3, prevention and treatment results were disappointing (Woodle et al. (1999) Transplantation 15:608).
  • Fc fusion proteins i.e., immunoadhesins
  • Fc variants such as shuffled Fc variants
  • Fc variants with altered properties produced by the methods of the invention can be selected to improve these therapeutic reagents.
  • shuffled Fc variants with altered properties produced by the methods of the invention.
  • the methods of the present invention are useful for generating recombinant (e.g., shuffled) Fc regions with decreased immunogenicity.
  • Antibodies with reduced immunogenicity e.g., that are humanized or otherwise lack B or T cell epitopes involved in the host immune response, can be selected for use as therapeutic reagents, thereby, avoiding or minimizing the host antibody response.
  • Fc variants can be isolated that elicit a stronger Ab response or modulate the response in other, desirable ways.
  • IL-2/Fc fusion proteins were investigated for the treatment of autoimmune disease.
  • the IL-2 moiety is proposed to target recently activated T cells, while the Fc region is thought to result in host T cell killing by both antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity and complement-dependent cytotoxicity.
  • the methods of the present invention provide a means to improve both types of Fc mediated killing function of the IL-2 or other Fc fusion proteins, e.g., by increasing Fc receptor binding efficacy, or increasing activation of complement.
  • the DNA diversification (e.g., shuffling) techniques of the present invention can be used to generate and select therapeutic antibodies with reduced binding affinity of Fc receptors, providing an alteration in binding kinetics similar to that seen with administration of soluble Fc receptors.
  • Production of antibodies deficient in Fc gamma RIII binding that result in a reduction in phagocytosis offer a potential reagent useful in treatment of periodontal lesions.
  • CH2/CH3 domains as either a fragment or in the context of an intact antibody, can be recombined and/or mutated (e.g., shuffled) according to any of the formats discussed herein.
  • recursive sequence recombination procedures such as nucleic acid, shuffling can be performed on nucleic acids corresponding to the Fc domain or to the entire antibody molecule.
  • an expression cassette designed to accept the CH2/CH3 region into a cloning site can be used to provide and/or express an intact antibody molecule.
  • Screening can be performed by assaying any one of a number of biologically relevant functions, e.g., neutralization, opsonization, phagocytosis, complement mediated lysis, antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity, in vivo or by in vitro correlates which can be performed in a high throughput format.
  • biologically relevant functions e.g., neutralization, opsonization, phagocytosis, complement mediated lysis, antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity, in vivo or by in vitro correlates which can be performed in a high throughput format.
  • an expression cassette incorporating an antibody antigen binding domain specific for a bacterial pathogen can be used.
  • CH2/CH3 domain nucleic acids can be cloned into the cassette to give rise to antibodies specific for the pathogen with a variety of constant regions and an identical antigen binding specificity.
  • the resulting antibodies can be evaluated by a number of in vivo and in vitro methods. Pools of antibodies can be injected into an experimental host, such as a mouse, which is then subjected to a lethal pathogenic challenge. Improved survival rates conferred by the antibodies can readily be assessed.
  • in vitro assays measuring lysis of bacterially infected cells in vitro by antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity can be performed.
  • High throughput formats for measuring Clq binding and activation of the proteolytic components of complement can also be utilized.
  • screening methods can be employed which evaluate Fc receptor binding, serum half-life, phagocytosis, or other functions specific to the antibody or application of interest.
  • Humanized antibody molecules of the present invention typically include 1) CDRs of light and heavy chain variable domains from a non-human antibody; and 2) light and/or heavy chain variable domain framework regions derived from and incorporating the sequence diversity of human light and heavy chain variable domain sequences of at least two different human subgroups, groups, families or classes of human light and/or heavy chain molecules, respectively.
  • Humanized antibodies are especially desirable in applications where the antibodies are used as therapeutics in vivo in human patients.
  • Human antibodies consist of characteristically human immunoglobulin sequences.
  • humanized antibodies can be produced in trioma cells. Genes encoding the antibodies are then cloned and expressed in other cells, such as nonhuman mammalian cells.
  • the general approach for producing human antibodies by trioma technology is described by Ostberg et al. (1983), Hybridoma 2: 361-367. Ostberg, U.S. Pat. No. 4,634,664, and Engelman et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,634,666.
  • the antibody-producing cell lines obtained by this method are called triomas because they are descended from three cells; two human and one mouse. Triomas have been found to produce antibody more stably than ordinary hybridomas made from human cells.
  • this invention provides for fully humanized antibodies against a target. These can be produced by diversification, e.g., by DNA shuffling or other recombination and/or mutagenesis procedures, of non-human antibody genes followed by humanization by standard humanization methods, e.g., in the references noted herein.
  • the present invention provides additional mechanisms for humanizing antibodies utilizing DNA diversification (e.g., shuffling) methods.
  • the conversion of existing antibodies to more humanized forms can be performed directly by recombination methods, such as nucleic acid shuffling.
  • recombination methods such as nucleic acid shuffling.
  • homologous nucleic acids are recombined (as described above, there are many different recombination and/or mutagenesis formats, including various shuffling formats).
  • human libraries of antibody genes are recombined with the gene(s) for an antibody of interest and the products of the recombination are selected (as noted in detail in the cited references herein, it is occasionally useful to recombine nucleic acids for more than one cycle prior to selection, and this approach is also appropriate herein).
  • This process is recursively repeated, resulting in new humanized antibodies which comprise amino acid regions corresponding to the starting antibody at positions which confer activity, but which are otherwise humanized.
  • Antibody coding nucleic acids can be sequenced and the information used to design additional recombination partners or to perform in silico recombination.
  • the procedure outlined below can be used to generate a humanized Ig heavy chain variable domain incorporating variant or recombinant, e.g., shuffled, murine CDR amino acid sequences and variant or recombinant Ig heavy chain variable domain framework amino acid sequences.
  • a similar procedure can also be used to prepare a humanized Ig light chain variable domain made up of variant or recombinant murine Ig CDR amino acid sequences and variant or recombinant human Ig light chain variable domain framework amino acid sequences.
  • a murine, or other non-human, antibody of interest (termed the “donor” antibody) is selected. Typically, selection is based on target binding characteristics.
  • the CDR sequences for producing the immunoglobulins of the present invention can be derived from monoclonal antibodies, or, e.g., from antigen specific B cells, capable of binding to the predetermined antigen, and made by well known methods in any convenient mammalian source including, e.g., mice, hamsters, rats, rabbits, dogs, cats, monkeys, or other vertebrates, capable of producing antibodies. In some cases, the CDR sequences are diversified prior to recombination or assembly as described below.
  • Source cells for the constant region and framework DNA sequences can be obtained from a number of sources, including, e.g., a variety of human cells, including na ⁇ ve and mature B cells or B cell progenitors, bone marrow derived cells, B cell lines, B cell lymphomas, plasmacytomas, etc.
  • amino acid sequences of at least the first three framework (“FR”) regions of the heavy chain variable domain of the donor murine Ig and the first two CDRs of the donor murine Ig are determined.
  • amino acids of the CDRs and framework regions are as follows: CDR1 (amino acids 26-35); CDR2 (amino acids 50-65); FR1 (amino acids 1-25); FR2 (amino-acids 36-49); and FR3 (amino acids 66-100).
  • amino acid sequence of the donor murine Ig variable domain is greater than 66 amino acids
  • amino acid residues in positions greater than position 66 e.g., amino acid residues 66-100 as in the present example
  • sequences corresponding to CDR3 and FR4 are also included.
  • a library of sequences of framework regions of human Ig heavy chain variable domains is then prepared for diversification, e.g. recombination or recursive recombination, as follows: Using the Kabat numbering system, each murine Ig heavy chain variable domain framework amino acid sequence and murine Ig CDR amino acid sequence is aligned (e.g., by aligning electronically or manually) with all or a portion (subset) of the human heavy chain variable domain framework amino acid sequences and CDR amino acid sequences included in the Kabat database using the SeqhuntII program's Match function (http://immuno.bme.nwu.edu/scripts/websearch.tcl) or an equivalent alignment program.
  • the final recombinant heavy chain framework region possesses a desired degree of similarity to the donor heavy chain framework amino acid sequence. For example, if the number of mismatches is chosen to be greater than or equal 0.35 ⁇ the number of residues in a given framework, then the resulting recombinant heavy chain framework amino acid sequence is less than 65% identical to the donor heavy claim framework amino acid sequence.
  • human Ig heavy chain variable domain framework amino acid sequences that are relatively divergent from the donor murine Ig heavy chain variable domain framework amino acid sequence (e.g., wherein the amino acid sequence of the Ig heavy chain variable domain framework is less than 65% identical to the amino acid sequence of the donor murine Ig heavy chain variable domain framework).
  • These sequences comprise a set.
  • the selected sequences can include members of a particular family, group, or subgroup of human Ig heavy chain framework amino acid sequences. In some cases, it is preferable to choose only those human sequences in the same subgroup for the set of sequences.
  • the sequences are synthesized according to the following protocol: 1) the amino acid sequences of the set of human Ig heavy chain variable domain frameworks are artificially recombined such that the resulting polynucleotide includes elements from multiple component sequences and does not correspond to any single contributing sequence element; 2) if the amino acid residue of the murine sequence at any position differs from an amino acid residue at the same position of any one or more sequence of the set of human sequences, the murine amino acid residue at that position is not included in the synthesized polynucleotide, instead only an amino acid residue derived from a sequence of the set of human Ig heavy chain variable domain framework amino acid sequences is used: 3) the library is prepared by implanting (e.g., by cutting and pasting, hybridizing, ligating synthetic oligonucleotides, etc.)
  • libraries of degenerate oligonucleotide sequences corresponding to humanized Ig light chain variable domains are designed using non-human, e.g., murine, CDRs and a set of human Ig light chain variable domain framework regions.
  • murine CDRs consist of amino acid residues 24-34 (L1), 50-56 (L2), and 89-97 (L3) in human V L , with synthetically recombined framework sequences comprising the remaining portions of the humanized light chain variable domain.
  • the recombinant, e.g., synthetically shuffled, oligonucleotides in each library are then assemble to produce libraries of intact coding sequences for heavy and light chain variable domains, respectively. If desired, the assembled variable regions are further diversified by any one or more of the diversity generating procedures described or cited herein.
  • These coding sequences are then rescued, e.g., by PCR amplification or digestion with a restriction enzyme and cloned into an appropriate display vector, e.g., a ScFv display vector for expression in a bacterial, yeast or mammalian, e.g., COS, cell.
  • a phage display format can be used.
  • single chain antibodies are typically preferred.
  • Fab fragments or intact antibodies are also favorably expressed.
  • humanized heavy and light chain variable regions are cloned in frame with a human constant region, e.g., naturally occurring human immunoglobulin constant region from a corresponding Ig group or subgroup.
  • the synthetically recombined antibody sequences are then expressed either constitutively or inducibly, depending on the display vector selected, and the resulting antibodies are screened for binding and/or other properties.
  • the cells displaying the synthetically recombined antibodies are stained with a labeled antigen or ligand, e.g., labeled with FITC, rhodamine, biotin, etc., and sorted by flow cytometry using direct or indirect detection of the labeled ligand.
  • the antibody encoding genes are then recovered, (e.g., by PCR or other amplification method, or by cloning) from the positively stained cells.
  • the labeling and sorting process is repeated using decreasing concentrations of labeled ligand until a desired enrichment for high affinity clones is obtained. Typically 2-3 cycles of labeling and sorting is sufficient to produce a pool of high affinity humanized antibody clones.
  • affinity maturation can be accomplished using, e.g., any of the diversification procedures described herein.
  • two or more of the “best” (e.g., highest affinity) clones are recombined in vitro or in vivo to produce second round libraries which are in turn screened, e.g., as described above using labeled ligand detected by flow cytometry.
  • the best clones can be sequenced and and recombined in silico, or oligonucleotides can be synthesized and recombined as described above.
  • the process of diversification and selection, e.g., by flow cytometry can be performed recursively a desired affinity is obtained.
  • the humanized antibody genes identified according to this procedure can then be cloned into secretion vectors and transfected into appropriate cell lines for expression of soluble antibodies or fragments.
  • the affinities and/or avidities of the expressed soluble antibodies can then be measured, e.g., by ELISA, biacore, etc.
  • the synthesized and assembled antibody sequences can be cloned into secretion vectors without screening and assayed directly for binding activity.
  • a “benchmark” humanized antibody comprising donor non-human CDRs and the human consensus framework regions (as defined by Kabat et al., supra) is prepared for comparative purposes.
  • the benchmark antibody typically comprises: 1) a heavy chain variable domain of a donor non-human (e.g., murine) CDR1 and CDR2 amino acid sequences (occupying amino acid positions 26-35 and 50-65, respectively, using the Kabat numbering system) and consensus sequences for the human heavy chain variable domain frameworks FR1, FR2, and FR3 (occupying amino acid positions 1-25, 36-49, and 66-100, respectively, using the Kabat numbering system); and 2) a light chain variable domain comprising the donor murine CDR1 and CDR2 amino acid sequences (occupying amino acid positions 24-34 and 50-56, respectively) and consensus sequences for the human heavy chain variable domain frameworks FR1, FR2, and FR3 (occupying amino acid positions 1-23, 35-49, and 56-100 of the naturally occurring murine
  • the consensus sequences of the human heavy chain and light chain variable frameworks are defined in Kabat et al., S EQUENCES OF P ROTEINS OF I MMUNOLOGICAL I NTEREST ( 5 th ed. 1991), supra. All human light and heavy chain variable domain amino acid sequences are grouped into “subgroups” of light and heavy chain variable domain amino acid sequences, respectively, that are particularly homologous to each other and have the same amino acids at certain critical positions.
  • the consensus sequence for a particular group or subgroup of related Igs comprises the amino acid which occurs most frequently at a particular amino acid position among the members of the Ig group or subgroup. If two amino acids occurs equally frequently at a particular position for a given Ig group or subgroup, either amino acid can be included in the consensus sequence.
  • Kabat provides a list of the most frequent amino acids at each position in the human variable domain for each subgroup of light and heavy chains. See also Winnaker, From Genes to Clones (Verlagsgesellschaft, Weinheim, Germanu, 1987), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety for all purposes.
  • the benchmark humanized antibody can also include corresponding human heavy and light chain constant regions, e.g., if subsequent expression of an intact antibody is desired.
  • Human constant region, nucleic acid sequences for use in preparing immunoglobulins of the present invention can be isolated in accordance with well known procedures from a variety of human cells, including na ⁇ ve and mature B cells or B cell progenitors, bone marrow derived cells, B cell lines, B cell lymphomas, plasmacytomas, etc. (see, e.g., Kabat et al., supra).
  • the benchmark antibody is used for comparative purposes, e.g., to determine the relative antigen binding affinity or specificity of a humanized antibody of the present invention with respect to the antigen binding affinity or specificity of the benchmark antibody.
  • the binding affinity of a selected humanized single chain antibody can be compared with the binding affinity of a benchmark single chain antibody.
  • the affinity of a humanized antibody produced by the methods of the invention is in the range of 4 times, or more, greater that the affinity of the original murine antibody.
  • the humanized immunoglobulins of the present invention offer a number of significant advantages relative to antibodies derived directly from human or non-human sources. Because the CDRs, i.e., the antigen binding site, are derived from a non-human, e.g., mouse, hamster, sheep, goat, monkey, etc., source, experimental immunization for the production of antibodies, including monocolonal antibodies, is facilitated relative to obtaining high affinity antibodies directly from human sources. Secondly, while the variable domain framework amino acid sequences are derived entirely from sequences of human origin, they do not consist exclusively of the human consensus framework amino acid sequence, providing additional diversity from which to recover humanized antibodies with high antigen binding affinity and specificity.
  • a semi-rational design strategy is employed to produce synthetic heavy and/or light chain framework sequences in which no murine amino acid residue is used at any position in which an amino acid of any of the naturally occurring human light or heavy chain variable domain framework sequences (of the set of human relatively divergent sequences selected) differs from the amino acid of the murine variable domain framework at the same position.
  • This strategy increases “humanization” without compromising functionality.
  • the sequence of a humanized heavy or light chain variable domain framework amino acid sequence of the invention is typically less than about 65% identical to the donor heavy or light chain variable domain framework amino acid sequence, respectively.
  • the humanized heavy or light chain variable domain framework amino acid sequence is less than about 95%, 90%, 85%, 80%, 75%, or 70% identical to the donor heavy or light chain variable domain framework amino acid sequence.
  • Humanized antibodies of the present invention have several advantages over non-human, e.g., murine antibodies or chimeric antibodies for use in human therapy. Because the framework of the variable region and the constant region of the humanized immunoglobulin is made up of sequences based on human-derived diversity, the human immune system typically does not recognize these regions as foreign. Consequently, the immune response of a recipient against the humanized antibody is frequently significantly less than the response against an antibody derived exclusively from a non-human organism, or a chimeric antibody containing foreign (non-human), e.g., variable region framework, components.
  • humanized antibodies in particular those antibodies possessing human constant region domains, function more similarly to naturally occurring human antibodies, e.g., with respect to complement fixation, effector function, and the like. Effective treatment procedures for humanized antibodies more closely parallel those used for naturally occurring human antibodies than those procedures typically employed with murine, or other non-human, or chimeric antibodies which typically require higher and more frequent doses due to shorter half life of the murine or chimeric antibody in human circulation.
  • An aspect of the present invention relates to the coevolution of an antibody and its cognate antigen.
  • Efforts at developing therapeutic antibody reagents are often hampered by poor antigenicity of the target antigen. This poor antigenicity is sometimes the result of the high degree of similarity between the target antigen and self antigens of the organism being immunized. In such a case, antibodies which react with the target and the self antigen are deleted from the antibody repertoire or are rendered anergic and are unavailable for recovery.
  • Another reason for poor antigenicity is that the target may be an epitope which is available only transiently, for example, an epitope which results from a conformational change induced by binding of the antigen to a receptor.
  • Another factor affecting antigenicity is the accessibility, or lack thereof, of the target epitope.
  • Many antigens of clinical relevance are available only in minute amounts in their native state, and are difficult to isolate and purify. While expression of recombinant proteins often provides a solution, many recombinant proteins form insoluble aggregates in which the relevant antigenic epitopes are inaccessible.
  • a candidate antigen is selected from among any of the potential targets described above, e.g., tumor antigens, bacterial antigens, viral antigens.
  • the DNA encoding the target antigen is then subjected to one or more rounds of recombination and/or mutagenesis according to any of the methods (e.g., shuffling) described herein.
  • Libraries of recombinant antigen sequences are screened, and sequences encoding antigens or antigenic peptides with desired properties are selected. Desired properties include stability, solubility, and conformation among others.
  • antibodies which bind a selected antigen or selected pool of (e.g., shuffled) library members are raised or selected using the methods described above.
  • the DNA sequences encoding these antibodies then provide the substrates for one or more rounds of diversification and selection, for example by DNA shuffling.
  • Pools of library sequences can be used to immunize a model animal, most frequently a mouse, and the resulting antibodies assayed for their ability to bind an informative target, e.g., tumor cells, bacteria, virally infected cells.
  • display libraries can be derived from the immunized animal for further evaluation and manipulation.
  • the library DNA can be transcribed and translated in vitro, and the resulting polypeptides used as an immunogen.
  • Another approach is to transform the library sequences and express them in cells. Depending on the vector selected whole cells or cell components can then be used as immunogens. In the case where an existing, albeit sub-optimal, antibody to the target exists, the existing antibody can be used to pre-select cells expressing evolved antigens prior to immunization.
  • gp120 and gp41 form a trimeric complex on the surface of the envelope, and it is difficult to mimic this conformation in an antigen formulation. Additionally, this trimeric complex undergoes a conformational change after binding CD4 and CCR5, transiently exposing novel epitopes prior to fusion of the virion with the target cell. These conformational epitopes may be inaccessible to the humoral immune system by virtue of their transient exposure during the fusion process. Furthermore, the gp41 protein is difficult to express and purify despite repeated attempts. Recombinant gp41 from intractable precipitates when the whole protein or the N-terminal 51 residues are expressed.
  • the DNA diversification procedures (such as shuffling) described herein provide a means for evolving gp120 and gp41 homologues that can be tractably expressed either as protein or as DNA.
  • Homologues of gp120 and gp41 which are stably expressed in conformations that elicit broadly neutralizing antibodies are selected using one or more prescreens. Candidates which are identified through the prescreening process are then used to immunize mice. The resulting antibodies are then themselves the subject of the diversification procedures, e.g., DNA shuffling of the invention.
  • the following examples describe variations, and are for purposes of illustration rather than limitation, modifications and combinations will be readily apparent to one of skill in the art, and are included within the scope of the present invention.
  • a vector which utilizes a strong promoter derived from cytomegalovirus and the rev gene of HIV-1 is utilized to provide efficient transcription and stabilization of messenger RNA.
  • Cloning sites are used to introduce gp120 sequences into the vector between the CMV promoter (5′) and gp41 encoding sequences (3′).
  • Sequences derived from one or more isolates of HIV corresponding to the respective gp120 genes are cloned into the vector and diversified (e.g., shuffled) in vitro as described herein.
  • the resulting library is screened as follows.
  • Recombined and/or mutated (e.g., shuffled) sequences resulting in translation of an intact gp120 without termination or frameshift leads to synthesis of gp41 protein from the adjacent sequences.
  • gp41 When expressed in CD4 positive human cells along with gp120, gp41 has fusogenic activity.
  • human 293 cells expressing CD4 are transfected with library plasmids. After incubation under appropriate conditions (37° C., 5% CO2) for 24 hours, fusion of the transfected cells is evaluated microscopically. Library clones which give rise to intact protein are then pooled for immunization.
  • Complex library mixtures typically comprising 5000-15000 members per 100 ⁇ g immunization dose, are then used to immunize a group of mice for subsequent evaluation.
  • gp41 Two conformational states of gp41 are of interest in the induction of broadly neutralizing antibodies against HIV (Biochemistry (1995) 34:14961). The first of these is the so called “resting state” of gp41. Portions of gp41, such as the so-called N-terminal domain which forms a three stranded coiled coil, are highly conserved between HIV subtypes and feature of these sequences are conserved across all retroviruses (i.e. the three stranded coiled coil structure). Peptides derived form the C-terminal helix and stabilized analogs of this helix have been shown to have broadly neutralizing activity against many subtypes of HIV (Judice et al., Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci.
  • a second alternative is the “fusogenic” state formed by the three C-terminal helices packed against the coiled coil formed by the N-terminal helices.
  • Biochemical studies on HIV fusion suggest that it takes about 20 minutes from the time the first envelope trimers undergo a conformational change and initiate the fusion process to the point that the HIV virion fuses with the target cell. During this period conformational epitopes corresponding to the fusogenic form of gp41 are exposed to antibodies.
  • the present invention provides for the recombination (e.g., shuffling) of gp41 gene fragments to generate recombinant gp41 homologues which encode polypeptides which correspond to the “resting state” and “fusogenic” conformational epitopes. Accordingly, DNA fragments corresponding to gp41 homologues can be recombined using any of the methods described in this application. Screening for the conformational epitopes is then performed, for example, by assessing the ability of recombinant epitopes to bind peptides or antibodies of interest.
  • the methods outlined above provide suitable antigen for the production of antibodies, and the sequences encoding them, to serve as substrates for the diversification (e.g., shuffling) methods of the invention.
  • Optimized antibodies against HIV epitopes have great utility in the diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of HIV infection.
  • DNA sequences encoding recombinant (e.g., shuffled) antigen, or portions thereof comprising antigenic peptides and epitopes produced by the methods of the invention can also serve as DNA vaccines.
  • individual recombinant antigens can be expressed to provide material for protein vaccines.
  • pools of recombinant antigens can be combined to produce cocktails of recombinant antigens for vaccines. Such vaccines have utility in the generation of HIV neutralizing antibodies in humans.
  • One aspect of the present invention includes the cloning and expression of antibody coding nucleic acids.
  • general texts which describe molecular biological techniques useful herein, including the use of vectors, promoters and many other topics relevant to expressing nucleic acids such as antibodies include Berger and Kimmel, Guide to Molecular Cloning Techniques, Methods in Enzymology volume 152 Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, Calif. (Berger); Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning—A Laboratory Manual (2nd Ed.), Vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989 (“Sambrook”) and Current Protocols in Molecular Biology , F. M.
  • the present invention also relates to host cells which are transduced with vectors of the invention, and the production of antibody polypeptides of the invention by recombinant techniques.
  • Host cells are genetically engineered (i.e., transduced, transformed or transfected) with the vectors of this invention, which may be, for example, a cloning vector or an expression vector.
  • the vector may be, for example, in the form of a plasmid, a viral particle, a phage, etc.
  • the engineered host cells can be cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for activating promoters, selecting transformants, or amplifying the antibody gene(s) of interest.
  • the culture conditions such as temperature, pH and the like, are those previously used with the host cell selected for expression, and will be apparent to those skilled in the art and in the references cited herein, including, e.g., Freshney (1994) Culture of Animal Cells, a Manual of Basic Technique , third edition, Wiley-Liss, New York and the references cited therein.
  • the antibodies of the invention can also be produced in non-animal cells such as plants, yeast, fungi, bacteria and the like. Indeed, as noted throughout, phage display is an especially relevant technique for producing antibodies.
  • phage display is an especially relevant technique for producing antibodies.
  • details regarding cell culture can be found in Payne et al. (1992) Plant Cell and Tissue Culture in Liquid Systems John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York, N.Y.; Gamborg and Phillips (eds) (1995) Plant Cell, Tissue and Organ Culture ; Fundamental Methods Springer Lab Manual, Springer-Verlag (Berlin Heidelberg New York) and Atlas and Parks (eds) The Handbook of Microbiological Media (1993) CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla.
  • the present invention provides computers, computer readable media and integrated systems comprising character strings corresponding to diversified (e.g., shuffled) antibodies and antibody-encoding nucleic acids. These sequences can be manipulated by in silico shuffling methods, or by standard sequence alignment or word processing software.
  • BLAST is described in Altschul et al., J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410 (1990). Software for performing BLAST analyses is publicly available through the National Center for Biotechnology Information (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/). This algorithm involves first identifying high scoring sequence pairs (HSPs) by identifying short words of length W in the query sequence, which either match or satisfy some positive-valued threshold score T when aligned with a word of the same length in a database sequence. T is referred to as the neighborhood word score threshold (Altschul et al., supra). These initial neighborhood word hits act as seeds for initiating searches to find longer HSPs containing them.
  • HSPs high scoring sequence pairs
  • the word hits are then extended in both directions along each sequence for as far as the cumulative alignment score can be increased. Cumulative scores are calculated using, for nucleotide sequences, the parameters M (reward score for a pair of matching residues; always>0) and N (penalty score for mismatching residues; always ⁇ 0). For amino acid sequences, a scoring matrix is used to calculate the cumulative score. Extension of the word hits in each direction are halted when: the cumulative alignment score falls off by the quantity X from its maximum achieved value; the cumulative score goes to zero or below, due to the accumulation of one or more negative-scoring residue alignments; or the end of either sequence is reached.
  • the BLAST algorithm parameters W, T, and X determine the sensitivity and speed of the alignment.
  • W wordlength
  • E expectation
  • BLOSUM62 scoring matrix see Henikoff & Henikoff (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:10915.
  • PILEUP creates a multiple sequence alignment from a group of related sequences using progressive, pairwise alignments. It can also plot a tree showing the clustering relationships used to create the alignment. PILEUP uses a simplification of the progressive alignment method of Feng & Doolittle, J. Mol. Evol. 35:351-360 (1987). The method used is similar to the method described by Higgins & Sharp. CABIOS 5:151-153 (1989). The program can align, e.g., up to 300 sequences of a maximum length of 5,000 letters. The multiple alignment procedure begins with the pairwise alignment of the two most similar sequences, producing a cluster of two aligned sequences.
  • This cluster can then be aligned to the next most related sequence or cluster of aligned sequences.
  • Two clusters of sequences can be aligned by a simple extension of the pairwise alignment of two individual sequences. The final alignment is achieved by a series of progressive, pairwise alignments.
  • the program can also be used to plot a dendogram or tree representation of clustering relationships. The program is run by designating specific sequences and their amino acid or nucleotide coordinates for regions of sequence comparison.
  • sequence recombined (e.g., shuffled) antibodies of the invention, or coding nucleic acids are aligned to provide structure-function information.
  • the alignment of recombinant (e.g., shuffled) antibody sequences which are selected against the same target provides an indication of which residues are relevant for binding to the antigen (i.e., conserved residues are likely more important for activity than non-conserved residues).
  • Standard desktop applications such as word processing software (e.g., Microsoft WordTM or Corel WordPerfectTM) and database software (e.g., spreadsheet software such as Microsoft ExcelTM, Corel Quattro ProTM, or database programs such as Microsoft AccessTM or ParadoxTM) can be adapted to the present invention by inputting character strings corresponding to variant (e.g., shuffled) antibodies (or coding nucleic acids), e.g., produced ( for example, by nucleic acid shuffling) by the methods described herein.
  • word processing software e.g., Microsoft WordTM or Corel WordPerfectTM
  • database software e.g., spreadsheet software such as Microsoft ExcelTM, Corel Quattro ProTM, or database programs such as Microsoft AccessTM or ParadoxTM
  • the integrated systems can include the foregoing software having the appropriate character string information, e.g., used in conjunction with a user interface (e.g., a GUI in a standard operating system such as a Windows, Macintosh or LINUX system) to manipulate strings of characters.
  • a user interface e.g., a GUI in a standard operating system such as a Windows, Macintosh or LINUX system
  • specialized alignment programs such as BLAST or PILEUP can also be incorporated into the systems of the invention for alignment of nucleic acids or proteins (or corresponding character strings).
  • Integrated systems for analysis in the present invention typically include a digital computer with software for aligning or manipulating sequences, as well as data sets entered into the software system comprising any of the sequences herein.
  • the computer can be, e.g., a PC (Intel x86 or Pentium chip-compatible DOSTM, OS2TM, WINDOWSTM, WINDOWS NTTM, WINDOWS95TM, WINDOWS98TM LINUX based machine, a MACINTOSHTM, Power PC, or a UNIX based (e.g., SUNTM work station) machine) or other commercially common computer which is known to one of skill.
  • Software for aligning or otherwise manipulating sequences is available, or can easily be constructed by one of skill using a standard programming language such as Visual basic, Fortran, Basic, Java, or the like.
  • Any controller or computer optionally includes a monitor which is often a cathode ray tube (“CRT”) display, a flat panel display (e.g., active matrix liquid crystal display, liquid crystal display), or others.
  • Computer circuitry is often placed in a box which includes numerous integrated circuit chips, such as a microprocessor, memory, interface circuits, and others.
  • the box also optionally includes a hard disk drive, a floppy disk drive, a high capacity removable drive such as a writeable CD-ROM, and other common peripheral elements.
  • Inputting devices, such as a keyboard or mouse optionally provide for input, from a user and for user selection of sequences to be compared or otherwise manipulated in the relevant computer system.
  • the computer typically includes appropriate software for receiving user instructions, either in the form of user input into a set parameter fields, e.g., in a GUI, or in the form of preprogrammed instructions, e.g., preprogrammed for a variety of different specific operations.
  • the software then converts these instructions to appropriate language for instructing the system to carry out any desired operation.
  • the computer system is used to perform “in silico” sequence recombination or shuffling of character strings.
  • a variety of such methods are set forth in “METHODS FOR MAKING CHARACTER STRINGS, POLYNUCLEOTIDES & POLYPEPTIDES HAVING DESIRED CHARACTERISTICS” by Selifonov and Stemmer, filed Feb. 5, 1999 (U.S. Ser. No. 60/118,854) and “METHODS FOR MAKING CHARACTER STRINGS, POLYNUCLEOTIDES & POLYPEPTIDES HAVING DESIRED CHARACTERISTICS” by Selifonov and Stemmer, filed Oct. 12, 1999 (U.S. Ser. No. 09/416,375).
  • genetic operators are used in genetic algorithms to chance given sequences, e.g., by mimicking genetic events such as mutation, recombination, death and the like.
  • Multi-dimensional analysis to optimize sequences can be also be performed in the computer system, e.g., as described in the '375 application.
  • a digital system can also instruct an oligonucleotide synthesizer to synthesize oligonucleotides, e.g., used for gene reconstruction or recombination, or to order oligonucleotides from commercial sources (e.g., by printing appropriate order forms or by linking to an order form on the internet).
  • an oligonucleotide synthesizer to synthesize oligonucleotides, e.g., used for gene reconstruction or recombination, or to order oligonucleotides from commercial sources (e.g., by printing appropriate order forms or by linking to an order form on the internet).
  • the digital system can also include output elements for controlling nucleic acid synthesis (e.g., based upon a sequence or an alignment of a recombinant, e.g., shuffled, antibody as herein), i.e., an integrated system of the invention optionally includes an oligonucleotide synthesizer or an oligonucleotide synthesis controller.
  • the system can include other operations which occur downstream from an alignment or other operation performed using a character string corresponding to a sequence herein, e.g., as noted above with reference to assays.
  • the present invention provides commercially valuable assays and kits to practice the assays.
  • one or more antibody of the invention is employed to, e.g., detect a target antigen, identify a cell, neutralize an antigen, etc.
  • Such assays are based on any known method in the art, e.g., ELISA, flow cytometry, fluorescent microscopy, plasmon resonance, and the like, to detect binding of an antibody to a target antigen.
  • kits based on the assay are also provided.
  • the kits typically include a container, and one or more antibody.
  • the kits optionally comprise directions for performing the assays, additional detection reagents, buffers, or instructions for the use of any of these components, or the like.
  • kits can include cells, vectors, (e.g., expression vectors, secretion vectors comprising an antibody of the invention), for e.g., the expression of an antibody of the invention.
  • the present invention provides for the use of any composition, antibody, cell, cell culture, apparatus, apparatus component or kit herein, for the practice of any method or assay herein, and/or for the use of any apparatus or kit to practice any assay or method herein and/or for the use of cells, cell cultures, compositions or other features herein as a therapeutic formulation.
  • manufacture of all components herein as therapeutic formulations for the treatments described herein is also provided.
  • Starting materials for artificial affinity maturation by DNA diversification and selection procedures can be derived from any of a variety of human and/or non-human donor sequences. In many cases, it is most convenient to utilize sequences corresponding to monoclonal antibodies derived from hybridomas. However, nucleic acid sequences derived from antigen specific, or even unselected or na ⁇ ve B cells from immunized human or non-human donors can also be utilized.
  • one or more human derived antibody gene(s) are selected from, e.g., xenomouse hybridomas or na ⁇ ve human antibody display libraries (e.g., phage display antibodies or other cell surface display formats including bacterial or yeast display formats) to provide the starting materials for artificial affinity maturation, e.g., by DNA recombination or recursive recombination, e.g., shuffling.
  • sequences from humanized antibodies can be used.
  • sequences originating from na ⁇ ve B cells, or libraries of sequences can be utilized, especially in cases where sequences from antigen specific cells are unavailable, it is often more desirable to use sequences derived from a target antigen specific cell, such as a B cell or hybridoma.
  • a target antigen specific cell such as a B cell or hybridoma.
  • Any target antigen including protein antigens, carbohydrate antigens, cell fragments or fractions, viral particles, tumor antigen, etc., to which an antibody response can be produced using an appropriate immunization protocol is suitable for producing a target antigen specific antibody response.
  • B cells, hybridomas, and other antibody producing cells that are specific for a particular target antigen can provide the starting sequences for affinity maturation by DNA recombination and mutagenesis procedures as described herein. Numerous protocols for eliciting a target antigen specific antibody response are known to those of skill in the art.
  • variable domain sequences that are similar or homologous (or substantially similar or homologous) to the variable domain sequences of the selected antibody gene(s) are identified, e.g., by hybridization, in silico sequence analysis, or other means. Typically, other variable domain sequences from the same or a related human V gene family, group, or subgroup are identified. The identified variable domain nucleotide sequences are then aligned with the corresponding variable domain sequences of the previously selected antibody gene(s). Degenerate oligonucleotides which capture the nucleotide sequence diversity of the identified sequences of the human V gene family, group, or subgroup are designed and assembled to generate libraries of synthetic (recombinant) sequences.
  • cell surface display format i.e., bacterial, yeast, or mammalian (COS) cell surface display; phage display
  • COS mammalian
  • a single chain format is typically preferred for bacterial and yeast display systems, while a Fab or whole antibody format can be favorably expressed in mammalian cells.
  • the recombinant sequences are transfected (transduced or transformed) into the appropriate host cell where they are expressed and displayed on the cell surface.
  • the cells can be stained with a labeled, e.g., fluorescently labeled, target ligand (i.e., antigen).
  • target ligand i.e., antigen
  • the stained cells are sorted by flow cytometry, and the antibody encoding genes are recovered, e.g., by PCR or expansion and cloning, from the positive cells.
  • the process of staining and sorting can be repeated multiple times, e.g., using progressively decreasing concentrations of the target ligand until a desired level of enrichment is obtained.
  • any screening or detection method known in the art that can be used to identify cells that bind the target antigen can be employed.
  • the antibody encoding genes recovered from the target antigen binding cells are then recombined according to any of the methods described herein or in the cited references.
  • the recombinant sequences produced in this round of diversification are then screened by the same or a different method to identify recombinant genes with improved affinity for the target antigen.
  • the diversification and selection process is optionally repeated until a desired affinity is obtained.
  • the recombinant antibody genes produced by recursive recombination of progressively higher affinity antibody genes are then cloned into an appropriate secretion vector and transfected into a host cell for expression and production of the encoded antibody.
  • the affinity of the soluble antibody can be measured using known techniques, e.g., ELISA, biacore. If the desired affinity has not been achieved, further cycles of recombination and screening can be performed, optionally incorporating diversity from additional sequence elements or mutagenesis procedures.
  • the methods of the present invention can be used to humanize mouse monoclonal antibodies.
  • the following example illustrates selection of starting sequences based on a sequence alignment between a mouse monoclonal antibody with a desired specificity, and a group of related human variable region sequences.
  • the specificity of the antibody selected, and the nucleic acid sequences encoding the selected antibody are not material to the present invention. Indeed, sequences encoding any monoclonal antibody, or even an antibody derived from a polyclonal serum for which the nucleic acid or protein sequence is known or can be determined, e.g., by clonal expansion and sequencing of an antigen specific B cell.
  • the following example is provided as illustration and should not be interpreted to define the scope of the invention.
  • the amino acid sequence corresponding to a mouse monoclonal antibody specific for tumor necrosis factor (TNF) alpha is aligned with a set of related human antibody sequences, e.g., amino acid sequences inferred from human antibody encoding nucleic acid sequences of the same class and/or family (1. Dersimonian et al. (1987) J. Immunol. 139: 2496-2501; 2. Griffiths et al. (1993) EMBO J. 12:725-734; 3. Huang et al. (1992) J. Clin. Invest. 89:1331-1343; 4. Kasaian et el. (1994) J. Immunol. 152:3137-3151; and 5.
  • TNF tumor necrosis factor
  • Complementarity determining region (CDR) 1 corresponds to amino acid positions 26-35; and CDR 2 corresponds to amino acid positions 50-65. Dots indicate positions of amino acid identity between mouse and human sequences.
  • Oligonucleotides are synthesized that encode the amino acid diversity present in the aligned antibody sequences. At positions within the framework regions that differ between the mouse and any human sequence, the mouse residue is never used. Oligonucleotides encoding the mouse monoclonal antibody CDRs are then incorporated into libraries of synthetic oligonucleotides. Optionally, the CDR3 and/or FR4 regions are similarly aligned and corresponding oligonucleotides synthesized and assembled. In this manner, a library of full-length recombinant variable region sequences is assembled starting only with a set of sequence files corresponding to the non-human antibody to be humanized and two or more (distantly) related human antibody sequences.
  • variable region nucleic acids can be recombined and/or mutated, and selected according to any of the methods described herein.

Abstract

Methods for improving antibodies by a variety of DNA diversification and selection procedures are provided. Improvements include increases in affinity, alterations in specificity and effector function, as well as reduced antigenicity, e.g. humanization. Libraries of recombinant antibody sequences are provided, as are cells expressing members of such libraries. Novel phage display vectors are provided. Methods for the coevolution of an antibody and its cognate antigen are provided. Coevolution is used to evolve HIV envelope proteins with increased antigenicity and broadly neutralizing antibodies that interact therewith. Methods of improving antibodies for use in the detection of biological warfare agents are provided.

Description

    CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • The present application claims priority to and benefit of U.S. provisional application No. 60/163,370, filed Nov. 3, 1999, and U.S. provisional application No. 60/176,002, filed Jan. 12, 2000, the specifications of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
    • COPYRIGHT NOTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 37 C.F.R. § 1.71(e)
  • A portion of the disclosure of this patent document contains material which is subject to copyright protection. The copyright owner has no objection to the facsimile reproduction by anyone of the patent document or the patent disclosure, as it appears in the Patent and Trademark Office patent file or records, but otherwise reserves all copyright rights whatsoever.
    • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to altered antibodies and antigen-binding fragments, methods for the production of altered antibodies and antigen-binding fragments, and therapeutic and other uses thereof. The present invention also relates to altered antibodies and antigen-binding fragments having improved antigen binding affinity and/or antigen binding specificity, methods for the production of such antibodies, and uses thereof.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Antibodies are extremely valuable, both as therapeutic agents and as general reagents in a variety of molecular biological processes. Methods of producing polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies are available, as are many antibodies. A number of basic texts describe standard antibody production processes, including, e.g., Borrebaeck (ed) (1995) Antibody Engineering, 2nd Edition Freeman and Company, NY (Borrebaeck); McCafferty et al. (1996) Antibody Engineering, A Practical Approach IRL at Oxford Press, Oxford, England (McCafferty), and Paul (1995) Antibody Engineering Protocols Humana Press, Towata, N.J. (Paul); Paul (ed.), (1993) Fundamental Immunology, Raven Press, N.Y.; Coligan (1991) Current Protocols in Immunology Wiley/Greene, NY; Harlow and Lane (1989) Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual Cold Spring Harbor Press, NY; Stites et al. (eds.) Basic and Clinical Immunology (4th ed.) Lange Medical Publications, Los Altos, Calif., and references cited therein; Goding (1986) Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice (2d ed.) Academic Press, New York, N.Y., and Kohler and Milstein (1975) Nature 256: 495-497.
  • Naturally occurring antibodies, or immunoglobulins (Igs), comprise a basic four polypeptide chain structure comprising two identical heavy (H) chains and two identical light (L) chains which are stabilized and cross-linked by intrachain and interchain disulphide bonds. Different antibody classes comprise variants of this four-chain structure. Each heavy chain comprises a variable domain at N-terminal followed by several constant domains. Each light chain has a variable domain at its N-terminal and one constant domain at its C-terminal. Because the largest amount of sequence variation is concentrated in the N-terminal domains of the light and heavy chains, each of these domains is termed a variable (V) domain (or “V region”). The constant domains make up the constant region, which comprises the remainder of the molecule and exhibits relatively little sequence variation. Heavy chains are comprised of five major types, depending on the antibody class, and consist of about 450-600 amino acid residues. Light chains are of two major types and have about 230 amino acid residues. Both heavy and light chains are folded into domains, comprising globular polypeptide regions.
  • In the antibody, the variable domain of the light chain is aligned with the variable domain of the heavy chain; the constant domain of the light chain is aligned with the first constant domain of heavy chain. The variable domains of each pair of light and heavy chains form the antigen binding site for binding the antibody to an epitope of the antigen. The constant domains in the light and heavy chains are not directly involved in antigen binding. Each heavy or light chain variable domain comprises four relatively conserved framework (FR) regions (or framework segments) which are separated and connected by three hypervariable or complementarity determining regions (CDRs), which are believed to contact the target antigen of the antibody and to be principally responsible for binding of the antibody to the antigen.
  • The framework regions and CDRs have been precisely defined. See, e.g., Kabat, E. A. et al., SEQUENCES OF PROTEINS OF IMMUNOLOGICALINTEREST, US Dept. Health and Human Services, National Institutes of Health, USA (5th ed. 1991); and Wu et al., J. Exo. Med. 132:211-250 (1970), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety for all purposes. For additional discussion of the structure of variable domains, see Poljak, R. J. et al., PNAS USA, 70, 3305-3310, 1973; Segal, D. M. et al., PNAS USA, 71, 4298-4302, 1974; and Marquart, M. et al., J. Mol. Biol., 141, 369-391, 1980, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety for all purposes. The sequences of the framework regions of different light or heavy chains are relatively conserved within a species. The combined heavy and light chain framework regions of an antibody serve to position and align the CDRs for proper binding to the antigen.
  • The amino acids of the CDRs of the variable domains were initially defined by Kabat, based on sequence variability, to consist of amino acid residues 31-35 (H1), 50-65 (H2), and 95-102 (H3) in the human heavy chain variable domain (VH) and amino acid residues 24-34 (L1), 50-56 (L2), and 89-97 (L3) in the human light chain variable domain (VL), using Kabat's numbering system for amino acid residues of an antibody. See Kabat et al., SEQUENCES OF PROTEINS OF IMMUNOLOGICAL INTEREST, US Dept. Health and Human Services, NIH, USA (5th ed. 1991). Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987) presented another definition of the CDRs based on residues that included in the three-dimensional structural loops of the variable domain regions, which were found to be important in antigen binding activity. Chothia et al. defined the CDRs as consisting of amino acid residues 26-32 (H1), 53-55 (H2), and 96-101 (H3) in the human heavy chain variable domain (VH), and amino acid residues 26-32 (L1), 50-52 (L2), and 91-96 (L3) in the human light chain variable domain (VL). Combining the CDR definitions of Kabat and Chothia, the CDRs consist of amino acid residues 26-35 (H1), 50-65 (H2), and 95-102 (H3) in human VH and amino acid residues 24-34 (L1), 50-56 (L2), and 89-97 (L3) in human VL, based on Kabat's numbering system.
  • V genes encode the approximately N-terminal 95 amino acids of the V domains. The number of V genes at each locus varies between loci and species, but may include up to about several hundred V genes.
  • Antibody heavy chain V domains include V genes, D (diversity) genes, and J (joining) genes. The large diversity in antibody variable domains results from, in part, recombination between V, D, and J gene segments. To produce a gene encoding a heavy chain variable domain, any one of the heavy chain variable domain genes is recombined with any one of a small number of D and J genes to produce a VDJ gene. The recombination process of a light chain variable domain is similar, except that a V gene is recombined directly with a J gene, since light chain variable domains have no D gene segments.
  • Over the last decade, a variety of recombinant techniques for antibody preparation which do not rely on injection of an antigen into an animal have been developed. For example, it is possible to generate and select libraries of recombinant antibodies in phage or similar vectors. See, e.g., Winter et al. (1994) “Making Antibodies by Phage Display Technology” Annu. Rev. Immunol. 12:433-55 and the references cited therein for a review. See also, Griffiths and Duncan (1998) “Strategies for selection of antibodies by phage display” Curr Opin Biotechnol 9: 102-8; Hoogenboom et al. (1998) “Antibody phage display technology and its applications” Immunotechnology 4: 1-20; Gram et al. (1992) “in vitro selection and affinity maturation of antibodies from a naïve combinatorial immunoglobulin library” PNAS 89:3576-3580; Huse et al. (1989) Science 246: 1275-1281; and Ward, et al. (1989) Nature 341: 544-546. Kits for cloning and expression of recombinant antibody phage systems are known and available, e.g., the “recombinant phage antibody system, mouse ScFv module,” from Amersham-Pharmacia Biotechnology (Uppsala, Sweden). Bacteriophage antibody libraries have also been produced for making high affinity human antibodies by chain shuffling (Marks et al. (1992) “By-Passing Immunization: Building High Affinity Human Antibodies by Chain Shuffling” Biotechniques 10:779-782.
  • In general, the libraries include repertoires of V genes (e.g., harvested from populations of lymphocytes or assembled in vitro) which are cloned for display of associated heavy and light chain variable domains on the surface of filamentous bacteriophage. Phage are selected by binding to an antigen. Soluble antibodies are expressed from phage infected bacteria and the antibody can be improved, e.g., via mutagenesis. For example, Stemmer et al. (1993) “Selection of an Active Single Chain Fv Antibody From a Protein Linker Library Prepared by Enzymatic Inverse PCR” Biotechniques 14(2):256-65 describes production of large libraries of site directed single chain Fv antibody mutants. Other references also propose library mutagenesis strategies, such as computer assisted oligo directed scanning mutagenesis. See, e.g., Balint and Larrick (1993) “Antibody Engineering by Parsimonious Mutagenesis” Gene 137:109-118.
  • More recently, forced evolution methods have been adapted to recombinant antibody construction and improvement methods to produce optimized antibodies. For example, Crameri et al. (1996) “Construction and evolution of antibody-phage libraries by DNA shuffling” Nature Medicine 2:100-103 describe, e.g., the construction and evolution of antibody-phage libraries by a variety of DNA recombination procedures, e.g., DNA shuffling. Crameri and Stemmer (1995) “Combinatorial multiple cassette mutagenesis creates all the permutations of mutant and wildtype cassettes” BioTechniques 18:194-195 describe, e.g., in vitro recombination of antibody DNA fragments (scFv fragments) by combinatorial multiple cassette mutagenesis.
  • A variety of patents by the inventors and their co-workers provide additional details on diversification procedures, e.g., shuffling, applicable to the directed evolution of antibodies, including U.S. Pat. No. 5.605,793 to Stemmer (Feb. 25, 1997), “METHODS FOR IN VITRO RECOMBINATION;” U.S. Pat. No. 5,811,238 to Stemmer et al. (Sep. 22, 1998) “METHODS FOR GENERATING POLYNUCLEOTIDES HAVING DESIRED CHARACTERISTICS BY ITERATIVE SELECTION AND RECOMBINATION;” U.S. Pat. No. 5.830,721 to Stemmer et al. (Nov. 3, 1998), “DNA MUTAGENESIS BY RANDOM FRAGMENTATION AND REASSEMBLY;” U.S. Pat. No. 5,834,252 to Stemmer, et al. (Nov. 10, 1998) “END-COMPLEMENTARY POLYMERASE REACTION,” and U.S. Pat. No. 5,837,458 to Minshull, et al. (Nov. 17, 1998), “METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR CELLULAR AND METABOLIC ENGINEERING.”
  • For example, the '793 patent details improvement of antibodies involving diversification, e.g., by DNA shuffling, of a library of mutant CDRs. The '721 patent details, e.g., peptide display methods and antibody display and screening methods. In general, a variety of antibody diversification are found throughout the noted patents.
  • Although methods of producing antibodies by making, screening and evolving antibodies and antibody libraries are established, it would be desirable to have additional techniques for antibody generation and refinement. Furthermore, a general technology platform for addressing these issues would be desirable. The present invention provides these and other features which will be apparent upon a complete review of the following.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to a new technology platform for producing antibodies involving the diversification of antibody encoding sequences, e.g., using a variety of recombination and mutagenesis procedures including DNA shuffling methods. In addition, the invention provides for antigen-antibody co-evolution and for the improvement of a variety of antibodies of interest. Several methods of humanizing antibodies are also provided. Libraries of nucleic acids produced by the methods, as well as corresponding character strings in computer systems (e.g., sequence data corresponding to the nucleic acids of the library) are also provided. Cells comprising the library members and antibodies produced by the methods are provided.
  • As noted, the invention provides methods of modifying an initial antibody. For example, the initial antibody can be a known antibody such as one of those noted herein. In the methods, a first nucleic acid (or, for in silico aspects, a character string) encoding an initial antibody of Tables 1 and 2 (or a homologue or a fragment thereof) is diversified in one or more rounds of recombination, with or without additional mutagenic procedures, and screening/selection with one or more second character string or second antibody coding nucleic acid or second homologue or second fragment thereof. This produces a library of nucleic acids encoding modified antibodies and/or a data set of nucleic acid character strings encoding modified antibodies.
  • For example, the diversification can include recursively recombining the first nucleic acid or character string encoding an initial antibody of Table 1 or 2, or a homologue or fragment thereof, with one or more second character string or second antibody coding nucleic acid or second homologue or second fragment thereof to produce a library of nucleic acids encoding modified antibodies, or a data set of nucleic acid character strings encoding modified antibodies. To increase the diversity of any resulting recombinant nucleic acids, a second recombination step, in which the members of the library or the character strings in the data set are further recombined, is optionally performed. The one or more resulting recombinant nucleic acids is selected for a desirable trait or property, which results in first round selected nucleic acids or character strings. Typically, a third recombination step in which the first round selected nucleic acids or character strings are recombined with each other, or with one or more additional nucleic acid or character string, is performed. For example, the one or more additional nucleic acid of character string can correspond to the initial antibody gene, or to a library of nucleic acids such as a naïve or induced human library, e.g., to further evolve and/or humanize resulting second round recombined nucleic acids. Recursive rounds of recombination can be performed with any of the enumerated nucleic acids or character strings, or with any products of any round of recombination. Recombination is performed in vitro, in vivo, in silico or by a combination thereof.
  • Aspects of the present invention provide methods of evolving antibodies with increased affinity relative to a parental antibody. Such antibodies are the products of an ex vivo analog of the affinity maturation process. The invention also includes the coevolution of an antibody and its cognate antigen. A target antigen is selected and optimized for one or more properties. This optimized antigen can then be used to select among a population of diversified antibodies, with or without prior immunization of an animal host.
  • Another aspect of the invention provides methods for modifying antibody effector function. Features of the invention include Fc regions and antibodies comprising them, made by the methods of the invention. Antibody Fc regions can be enhanced in any of a number of respects including, for example, Fc receptor binding and complement component Clq binding.
  • In any case, resulting libraries, recombinant cells comprising one or more members of the libraries, computer readable media comprising data sets of interest and the like are, accordingly, features of the invention, as are kits comprising such elements. Kits optionally further comprise instructions for practicing the methods herein, containers for holding the materials, packaging elements, and the like.
  • The technology platform herein use expression cassettes which facilitate diversification, cloning and expression of antibody sequences. For example, the invention includes an Ig expression cassette. The cassette includes, e.g., one or more cloning sites for heavy chain (VH) and light chain (VL) sequences; an encoded N-terminal fusion of VH and VL with an stII, or other functional signal sequence; an encoded C-terminal fusion of VH and VL to human CH1 and a human CL regions; an encoded C-terminal fusion of VH and/or CH to a phage gIII protein; an amber stop codon at an antibody domain/gIII border; and, a promoter such as a lacZ promoter, an alkaline phosphatase promoter, or an arabinose promoter. For example, the cassette can include a nucleic acid subsequence encoding a single-chain antibody (ScFv), a human kappa CL or a human lambda CL, or the like. In the cassette, the stII signal sequence provides periplasmic targeting, the C-terminal fusions of VH/CL to the phage gIII protein provides for display on the surface of filamentous phage, the amber stop codon produces soluble antibody fragment in non-suppressing strains and the lacZ or other promoter provides inducible Ig gene expression in a host cell.
  • As noted, the invention provides a recombinant cell comprising the vector, and, optionally, other features which facilitate expression. For example, the vector can include one or more helper phage (e.g., a M13KO7 phage or a VCS-M13 phage). In one embodiment, the cell is a non-suppressing E. coli host such as strain W3110. Alternatively, expression of the recombinant nucleic acids of the invention can be in another bacterial cell, a yeast cell or a mammalian cell.
  • Libraries of recombinant cassettes containing a plurality of antibody sequences are also provided. The libraries can include, e.g., a plurality of expression cassettes as noted above, which include a plurality of different antibody encoding nucleic acids such as variants of one or more antibody parental nucleic acid.
  • Specific applications are also provided. For example, the invention includes methods of providing a population of diversified anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acids. The methods include hybridizing a set of overlapping anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acid fragments (e.g., synthesized oligonucleotides, nuclease digested nucleic acids, and the like) and elongating the set of hybridized overlapping anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acid fragments. The set of overlapping anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acid fragments can include, e.g., anti-Staphylococcus enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acid fragments, anti-Streptococcus enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acid fragments, and the like.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the population of diversified anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acids can be expressed to provide a variant anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody with desirable properties (e.g., a polyreactive antibody, a hyper-reactive antibody, etc.). In another embodiment, the diversified anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acids can be introduced into a cell (e.g., an organism) and expressed to provide a variant anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody.
  • The methods can also include denaturing a population of diversified anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acids, rehybridizing the denatured population, and extending the rehybridized population to provide a population of further diversified anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acids. The steps of denaturing, rehybridizing, and extending can optionally be repeated. The population of further diversified anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acids can also optionally be selected for efficient binding by an encoded anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody to at least one enterotoxin. The population of further diversified anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acids can also be expressed to provide at least one further variant anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody (e.g., a polyreactive antibody, a hyper-reactive antibody, etc.).
    • DETAILED DISCUSSION
  • Definitions
  • Unless otherwise indicated, the following definitions supplement those in the art.
  • As used herein, an “antibody” refers to a protein comprising one or more polypeptides substantially or partially encoded by immunoglobulin genes or fragments of immunoglobulin genes, e.g., a fragment containing one or more complementarity determining region (CDR). The recognized immunoglobulin genes include the kappa, lambda, alpha, gamma, delta, epsilon and mu constant region genes, as well as myriad immunoglobulin variable region genes. Light chains are typically classified as either, e.g., kappa or lambda. Heavy chains are typically classified e.g., as gamma, mu, alpha, delta, or epsilon, which in turn define the immunoglobulin classes, IgG, IgM, IgA, IgD and IgE, respectively.
  • A typical immunoglobulin (antibody) structural unit comprises a tetramer. In nature, each tetramer is composed of two identical pairs of polypeptide chains, each pair having one “light” (about 25 kD) and one “heavy” chain (about 50-70 kD). The N-terminus of each chain defines a variable region of about 100 to 110 or more amino acids primarily responsible for antigen recognition. The terms variable light chain (VL) and variable heavy chain (VH) refer to these light and heavy chains respectively.
  • Antibodies exist as intact immunoglobulins or as a number of well characterized fragments produced by digestion with various peptidases. Thus, for example, pepsin digests an antibody below the disulfide linkages in the hinge region to produce F(ab)′2 (fragment antigen binding) and Fc (fragment crystalizable, or fragment complement binding). F(ab)′2 is a dimer of Fab, which itself is a light chain joined to VH-CH1 by a disulfide bond. The F(ab)′2 may be reduced under mild conditions to break the disulfide linkage in the hinge region thereby converting the (Fab′)2 dimer into an Fab′ monomer. The Fab′ monomer is essentially an Fab with part of the hinge region. The Fc portion of the antibody molecule corresponds largely to the constant region of the immunoglobulin heavy chain, and is responsible for the antibody's effector function (see, Fundamental Immunology, 4th edition. W. E. Paul, ed., Raven Press, N.Y. (1998), for a more detailed description of antibody fragments). While various antibody fragments are defined in terms of the digestion of an intact antibody, one of skill will appreciate that such Fab′ or Fc fragments may be synthesized de novo either chemically or by utilizing recombinant DNA methodology, peptide display, or the like. Thus, the term antibody, as used herein also includes antibody fragments either produced by the modification of whole antibodies or synthesized de novo using recombinant DNA methodologies.
  • Antibodies also include single-armed composite monoclonal antibodies, single chain antibodies, including single chain Fv (sFv) antibodies in which a variable heavy and a variable light chain are joined together (directly or through a peptide linker) to form a continuous polypeptide, as well as diabodies, tribodies, and tetrabodies (Pack et al. (1995) J Mol Biol 246:28; Biotechnol 11:1271: and Biochemistry 31:1579). The antibodies are, e.g., polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeric, humanized, single chain, Fab fragments, fragments produced by an Fab expression library, or the like.
  • A “polyreactive” antibody is an antibody that can bind to more than one antigen, such as a bacterial toxin, e.g., from Staphylococcus, Streptococcus, and others.
  • A “hyper-reactive” antibody is an antibody that binds to an antigen with higher avidity or affinity than other antibodies.
  • The terms “humanized antibody molecule,” or “humanized antibody,” or “humanized immunoglobulin,” are used interchangeably herein to refer to a molecule comprising an antigen binding site derived from one or more non-human immunoglobulins with at least a portion of the framework region of the light or heavy chain variable domain derived from one or more human immunoglobulins. A “humanized antibody” as used herein includes a humanized light chain variable domain immunoglobulin and a humanized heavy chain variable domain immunoglobulin. Optionally, the humanized antibody includes a constant region partially or wholly derived from (including synthetic analogs) one or more human gene sequence. A humanized antibody is expected to bind to the same target antigen as a donor antibody which supplied the CDRs. Typically, all segments or portions of the humanized antibody or immunoglobulin, with the exception of the CDRs, are substantially identical or substantially homologous to corresponding segments or portions of naturally occurring human immunoglobulin sequences. The humanized antibody typically has the structure of a naturally occurring antibody or a fragment of a naturally occurring antibody, e.g., a complete antibody, a ScFv antibody, a Fab fragment, a (Fab′)2 fragment, a light chain dimer, or a heavy chain dimer.
  • The term “chimeric” antibody is used to denote an antibody that is derived, typically through cloning methodologies, from more than one source or organism. Typically, large regions of sequence integrity are maintained through relatively simple cutting and pasting procedures that join polynucleotide sequences encoding, e.g., a murine, or other non-human variable region, such as a Fab fragment, with a human constant region, such as an Fc fragment.
  • Generation and Evolution of Therapeutic and Diagnostic Antibodies
  • Monoclonal (MAb) antibodies account for a significant portion of the U.S. market for biopharmaceuticals. Of the original biopharmaceuticals approved for sale in 1998, 30% were antibody-based (Biotechnology Information Institute, 1999). In fact, antibodies account for nearly 50% of all compounds currently in clinical trials (Wittrup, (1999) “Phage on display” Tibtech 17: 423-424. For convenience, antibody products can be grouped into at least five general classes, based upon their intended use or function. These classes are set forth below.
  • (1) Magic Bullets.
  • The first general class of antibody products are “magic bullets.” These are primarily tumor-specific MAbs that arrest tumor growth by one of the following mechanisms: (a) Targeting tumor cells for destruction by antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC) or complement-mediated lysis (CML). One example is Rituxan ( IDEC Pharmaceutical, Inc.), an anti-CD20 MAb for the treatment of Non-Hodgkins lymphoma (Scott (1998) “Rituximab: a new therapeutic monoclonal antibody for non-Hodgkin's lymphoma” Cancer Pract 6: 195-7). (b) A second example relates to antibodies which interfere with a critical component of tumor growth. Herceptin (Genentech, Inc.), an anti-HER-2 monoclonal antibody for treatment of metastatic breast cancer, is an example of an antibody with this mechanism of action (Baselga et al. (1998) “Recombinant humanized anti-HER2 antibody (Herceptin) enhances the antitumor activity of paclitaxel and doxorubicin against HER2/neu overexpressing human breast cancer xenografts [published erratum appears in Cancer Res (1999) 59(8):2020], Cancer Res 58: 2825-31). (c) A third example relates to antibodies for delivery of cytotoxic compounds (toxins, radionuclides, etc.) directly to a tumor or other site of interest. For example, One application Mab is CYT-356, a 90Y-linked antibody that targets radiation directly to prostate tumor cells (Deb et al. (1996) “Treatment of hormone-refractory prostate cancer with 90Y-CYT-356 monoclonal antibody” Clin Cancer Res 2: 1289-97. (d) A fourth application is antibody-directed enzyme prodrug therapy (ADEPT), where an enzyme co-localized to a tumor activates a systemically-administered pro-drug in the tumor vicinity. For example, Glaxo Wellcome Inc. is developing an anti-Ep-CAM1 antibody linked to carboxypeptidase A for treatment of colorectal cancer (Wolfe et al. (1999) “Antibody-directed enzyme prodrug therapy with the T268G mutant of human carboxypeptidase A1: in vitro and in vivo studies with prodrugs of methotrexate and the thymidylate synthase inhibitors GW1031 and GW1843” Bioconjug Chem 10: 38-48).
  • (2) Antagonists.
  • The second general class of antibody products are antagonists. These MAbs are designed to specifically inhibit normal cellular functions for therapeutic benefit. An example is Orthoclone OKT3, an anti-CD3 MAb offered by Johnson and Johnson for reducing acute organ transplant rejection (Strate et al. (1990) “Orthoclone OKT3 as first-line therapy in acute renal allograft rejection” Transplant Proc 22: 219-20.
  • (3) Agonists.
  • The third general class of antibody products are agonists. These Mabs are designed to specifically enhance normal cellular functions for therapeutic benefit. For example, Genentech Inc. is developing Mab-based agonists of acetylcholine receptors for neurotherapy (Xie et al. (1997) “Direct demonstration of MuSK involvement in acetylcholine receptor clustering through identification of agonist ScFv” Nat. Biotechnol. 15: 768-71.
  • (4) Diagnostics.
  • The fourth general class of antibody products are diagnostic antibodies. There are many applications of MAbs to the field of diagnostics. With high target binding specificity, affordability and ease of use, antibodies are the reagents of choice for clinical diagnostics. Assays range from simple spot tests to more involved methods such as the radio-labeled NR-LU-10 MAb from DuPont Merck Co. used for tumor imaging (Rusch et al. (1993) “NR-LU-10 monoclonal antibody scanning. A helpful new adjunct to computed tomography in evaluating non-small-cell lung cancer.” J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg 106: 200-4). In the research laboratory, MAbs are central reagents for ELISA, western blotting, immunochemistry, affinity chromatograpy methods and the like.
  • (5) Novel Functions.
  • The fifth general class of antibody products provide novel functions. The main antibodies in this group are catalytic antibodies such as Ig sequences that have been engineered to mimic the catalytic abilities of enzymes (Wentworth and Janda (1998) “Catalytic antibodies” Curr Opin Chem Biol 2: 138-44. For example, an interesting application involves using the catalytic antibody mAb-15A10 to hydrolyze cocaine in vivo for addiction therapy (Mets et al. (1998) “A catalytic antibody against cocaine prevents cocaine's reinforcing and toxic effects in rats” Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 95: 10176-81).
  • Antibody Diversification
  • Existing antibodies are not perfect drugs or diagnostic agents; they can have problems with low activity, undesirable side-effects, allergic reactions, low specificity, low avidity, or the like. Antibodies can be improved by (a) increasing the antigen binding affinity, thereby increasing therapeutic or diagnostic activity (b) increasing antigen binding specificity, thus reducing clinical side-effects and increasing diagnostic specificity, (c) decreasing the immunogenicity of the antibody molecule to avoid immune intolerance of therapeutics (e.g., by humanizing antibodies where the therapeutic use of the antibody occurs in a human patient), (d) increasing stability under a variety of in vitro buffer conditions to regain activity after repeated cycles of denaturation and renaturation, to improve ease of preparation or to extend serum half-life in vivo, and (e) improving effector function of an antibody (e.g., by increasing complement activation or opsonization).
  • As a solution to these limitations, this invention provides a technology platform to clone Mabs specific to any given antigen and to employ diversification procedures, such as DNA shuffling, to improve their therapeutic and/or diagnostic potential. Mabs have an advantage over polyclonal antibodies in that Mabs provide consistent reagents that bind to specific epitopes with known binding affinities. Polyclonal antibody preparations contain a mixture of antibodies that bind to many different epitopes of the same antigen. This lack of binding specificity of polyclonal preparations makes them unsuitable for therapeutic use. However, certain features of the invention can also be applied to polyclonal antibody preparations.
  • Generating an Antibody Phage-Display Technology Platform
  • Create Antibody Phage-Display Vectors.
  • Construction and screening of antibody phage-display libraries is a well-established procedure with many possible variations (Griffiths and Duncan (1998) “Strategies for selection of antibodies by phage display” Curr Opin Biotechnol 9: 102-8; Hoogenboom et al. (1998) “Antibody phage display technology and its applications” Immunotechnology 4: 1-20). In the present invention, vectors that contain optimal combinations of useful features are provided. Specifically, vectors include a backbone containing the ampR gene and replication origin from pBR322 (Bolivar et al. (1977) “Construction and characterization of new cloning vehicles II. A multipurpose cloning system” Gene 2: 95-113), the f1 origin for phage (Lorenzetti et al. (1985) “Plasmid pFCE4: a new system of Escherichia coli expression-modification vectors” Gene 39: 85-7), and an Ig expression cassette for Fab production.
  • The Ig expression cassette contains (a) cloning sites for heavy chain (VH) and light chain (VL) sequences, (b) N-terminal fusions of VH and VL with the stII signal sequence for periplasmic targeting (Chang et al. (1989) “Periplasmic secretion of human growth hormone by Escherichia coli” Biochem Soc Trans 17: 335-7) (c) C-terminal fusions of VH and VL to human CH1 and CL regions which provide stable Ig expression in E. coli, (d) C-terminal fusions of VH/CL to the phage gIII protein for monovalent display (Bass et al. (1990) “Hormone phage: an enrichment method for variant proteins with altered binding properties” Proteins 8: 309-14), (e) an amber stop codon at the Ab/gIII border to produce soluble Fab in non-suppressing strains, and (f) the lacZ promoter for inducible Ig gene expression (Messing et al. (1977) “Filamentous coliphage M13 as a cloning vehicle: insertion of a HindII fragment of the lac regulatory region in M13 replicative form in vitro” Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 74: 3642-6).
  • An advantage of this Ig cassette lies in the fusions of VH and VL to known human CH1 and CL. Typically, fusions of variable regions to the constant domains of antibodies that are well-expressed in E. coli insures that the recombinant antibodies will also be highly expressed.
  • An additional advantage is when the donor species for the Fab library is not human, then human-chimeric Fabs are more desirable as human therapeutic agents than purely non-human Fabs (due to their decreased immunogenicity in humans). Variants of these vectors include (a) separate vectors containing the human kappa CL or the human lambda CL, (b) the alkaline phosphatase (AP) promoter to provide phosphate-limiting inducible expression (Kikuchi et al. (1981) “The nucleotide sequence of the promoter and the amino-terminal region of alkaline phosphatase structural gene (phoA) of Escherichia coli” Nucleic Acids Res 9: 5671-8), the arabinose (pBAD) promoter for quantitative gene induction (Guzman et al. (1995) “Tight regulation, modulation, and high-level expression by vectors containing the arabinose PBAD promoter” J Bacteriol 177: 4121-30), (c) a modified Ig cassette to express single-chain antibodies (scFv) (McCafferty et al. (1990) “Phage antibodies: filamentous phage displaying antibody variable domains” Nature 348: 552-4 or (d) a vector modified to encode a constant region comprising a Fc region that is the substrate for recombination. Other modification will be apparent to one of skill.
  • Additionally, phage displaying antibodies can be used to target and transfect mammalian cells with packaged DNA encoding a variety of functions. Barry et al. proposed (1996) Nature Med 2:229, that isolated phage displaying specific targeting peptides direct DNAs to target cells. Antibodies are more effective than peptides for this purpose as they typically bind to their target, e.g., a cell to be transfected, with higher affinity than do targeting peptides.
  • Choosing an Appropriate Target Antigen.
  • The choice of a target antigen is made based upon any available criteria, such as the existence of an antigen target on a cell. For example, to isolate novel MAbs for cancer immunotherapy, a human tumor-specific antigen is chosen as an antigen target. Selection criteria include specificity of the antigen to tumor cells, availability/stability of purified antigen and the like. Further details are found herein, e.g., in “Additional Details Regarding Antibody and Target Selection.”
  • Choose Source of Lymphatic Tissue.
  • Animals (e.g., mouse, hamster, rabbit, chicken) are a logical source of anti-human antibodies, since their immune systems recognize human proteins as foreign. Many diagnostic MAbs are derived from animal Ig sequences. However, such antibodies retain characteristic animal sequences which may elicit adverse reactions when used as human therapeutics. Immunization of non-human primates, such as monkeys offers the potential advantage of generating a repertoire of nearly human high affinity antibodies. An alternative approach is to isolate fully-human Mabs from large libraries of naïve (non-immunized) human donors. If the library is sufficiently diverse, MAbs against many self-antigens can be routinely isolated (Griffiths et al. (1993) “Human anti-self antibodies with high specificity from phage display libraries” Embo J 12: 725-34; Vaughan et al. (1996) “Human antibodies with sub-nanomolar affinities isolated from a large non-immunized phage display library” [see comments]. Nat Biotechnol 14: 309-14.)
  • Isolating Total mRNA from Lymphocyte Tissue.
  • The spleen is a convenient source of animal tissue while peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) are good sources of human tissue (Marks et al. (1991) “By-passing immunization. Human antibodies from V-gene libraries displayed on phage” J Mol Biol 222: 581-97) or bone marrow (Vaughan et al. (1996) “Human antibodies with sub-nanomolar affinities isolated from a large non-immunized phage display library” [see comments]. Nat Biotechnol 14: 309-14).
  • Amplify VH and VL Sequences by RT-PCR.
  • Using DNA sequence alignments of Igs, primers are designed to amplify human (Tomlinson (1991) Immunoglobulin Genes. Academic Press, London), mouse (Clackson et al. (1991) “Making antibody fragments using phage display libraries” Nature 352:624-8; Yamanaka et al. (1995) “An improved phage display antibody cloning system using newly designed PCR primers optimized for Pfu DNA polymerase” J Biochem (Tokyo) 117: 1218-27), chicken (Davies et al. (1995) Selection of specific phage-display antibodies using libraries derived from chicken immunoglobulin genes” J Immunol Methods 186: 125-35; Yamanaka et al. (1996) “Chicken monoclonal antibody isolated by a phage display system” J Immunol 157: 1156-62) or other available genes.
  • Clone VH and VL Sequences into the Phage Display Vector.
  • Independent insertion sites for VH and VL sequences creates combinatorial diversity of heavy and light chains.
  • Transform E. coli.
  • Library diversity can be limited by transformation efficiency. However, electroporation of cells can routinely yield>1×109 transformants per microgram of DNA (Sharma and Schimke (1996) “Preparation of electrocompetent E. coli using salt-free growth medium” Biotechniques 20: 42-4). For example, E. coli strain XL1-Blue is an appropriate strain to transform as it has the supE44 mutation that allows read-through of the amber stop codon to create gIII fusions.
  • Add Helper Phage to Produce Mature Fab-Phage Libraries
  • If wild-type (M13KO7 or VCS-M13) helper phage are used, then over 90% of rescued phage contain wild-type gIII, and therefore display no Fabs (Vieira and Messing (1987) “Production of single-stranded plasmid DNA” Methods Enzymol 153: 3-11. However, any Fabs that are displayed will be monovalent; this is helpful when selecting for antibodies with increased binding affinities (Garrard et al. (1991) “Fab assembly and enrichment in a monovalent phage display system” Biotechnology 9: 1373-7.
  • If monovalent display is not used, then the effective diversity of the library can be increased by using a helper phage with a deleted gIII, thus insuring that every rescued phage will display FAb (Rakonjac et al. (1997) “Filamentous phage infection-mediated gene expression: construction and propagation of the gIII deletion mutant helper phage R408d3” Gene 198: 99-103).
  • Pan Fab-Phage Library Against the Antigen.
  • Typically, the antigen is affixed to plasticware such as immunotubes or microtiter plates (Kretzschmar et al. (1995) “Selection procedures for nonmatured phage antibodies: a quantitative comparison and optimization strategies” Anal Biochem 224: 413-9), or ELISA plates (Barbas and Burton (1996) “Selection and evolution of high-affinity human anti-viral antibodies” Trends Biotechnol 14: 230-4. If the supply of antigen is not limiting, more efficient selection can be performed by affinity chomatography (Bass et al. (1990) “Hormone phage: an enrichment method for variant proteins with altered binding properties” Proteins 8: 309-14).
  • Isolate and Characterize Positive Clones.
  • Plasmid DNA from positive clones, identified in a phage screen is isolated and transformed into a non-suppressing E. coli host (e.g. W3110). Without the a sup mutation, translation terminates at the amber stop codon and free Fab is produced. Soluble Fab is prepared and tested for specific binding to the original antigen by standard ELISA methods. DNA from positive clones is sequenced to determine the uniqueness of each clone; after multiple rounds of panning, e.g., against purified antigen, cells or whole tissues, up to greater than 90% of recovered clones will share the same sequence (Barbas et al. (1993) “Molecular profile of an antibody response to HIV-1 as probed by combinatorial libraries” J Mol Biol 230: 812-23. Depending on the application, further tests can be conducted, such as measuring antigen-binding affinities by surface plasmon resonance (Alfthan (1998) “Surface plasmon resonance biosensors as a tool in antibody engineering” Biosens Bioelectron 13: 653-63, epitope mapping by scanning mutagenesis (Cunningham and Wells (1989) “High-resolution epitope mapping of hGH-receptor interactions by alanine-scanning mutagenesis” Science 244: 1081-5; Balint and Larrick (1993) “Antibody Engineering by Parsimonious Mutagenesis” Gene 137:109-118), or ex vivo neutralization tests (Laal et al. (1993) “A rapid, automated microtiter assay for measuring neutralization of HIV-1” AIDS Res Hum Retroviruses 9: 781-5).
  • Directed Evolution of Monoclonal Antibodies for Improved Detection and Neutralization of Bacterial Enterotoxins
  • The present invention can include providing monoclonal antibodies, e.g., against the Staphylococcus and Streptococcus enterotoxins which can be optimized via a variety of diversification procedures, including among many others DNA shuffling, e.g., as diagnostic and/or immunotherapeutic agents. For example, in the military sector (e.g., the Department of Defense (DOD), Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA), etc.) there is a need for rapid and accurate diagnosis of potential biological warfare agents, such as the Staphylococcus and Streptococcus enterotoxins. In one embodiment, monoclonal antibodies, including the improved monoclonal antibodies of the invention, can be combined with appropriate hardware, e.g., a hand-held Biacore device, such as the one being investigated by A. Barraud at the Centre d' Etudes Nucleaires de Saclay, France, an antibody-based fiber-optic biosensor device like the one developed by Geo-Centers Inc. (Fort Washington, Mass.) that provides rapid and sensitive results, and the like. Improved diagnostics for enterotoxins are useful both for civilian and military purposes. Furthermore, antibodies like those generated against enterotoxins can be humanized and evaluated as immunotherapeutic agents for the treatment of sepsis.
  • Monoclonal antibodies are available (e.g., from Research Diagnostics Inc., Igen International Inc., etc.) that recognize some Staphylococcus aureus enterotoxin groups. Additionally, polyclonal antibodies have been used in ELISAs to detect toxins from specific groups. These or other pre-existing antibodies, or any novel antibodies can be optimized by the recombination and mutagenesis, e.g., nucleic acid shuffling, methods disclosed herein. For example, the diversified, e.g., shuffled, antibodies of the invention can be selected to be more polyreactive (i.e., binding to toxins from all of the major groups) and more reactive, or hyper-reactive (i.e., binding to antigens with higher affinity). Polyreactive monoclonal antibodies can provide value in that fewer unique antibody clones are necessary, e.g., to detect and/or neutralize known enterotoxins. Hyper-reactive monoclonal antibodies can provide value in terms of increased sensitivity of each assay or therapeutic application.
  • Chimeric proteins can be generated by a variety of recombination and mutagenesis procedures, such as nucleic acid shuffling, e.g., enterotoxin gene families (e.g., Staphylococcus groups A, B, C, D, E, G, H, I, J, TSST-1, Streptococcus groups A, B, and C, and the like) which, in turn, can be used as vaccines to provide protection against challenges from multiple enterotoxin groups. Lymphocytes from vaccinated mice can be isolated, the IgG sequences can be cloned into a phage-display vector, and the resulting libraries can be panned against the chimeric toxins. Polyreactive clones can be selected and thereafter, further diversified to improve their binding properties. See e.g., Crameri et al. (1996) “Construction and Evolution of Antibody-Phage Display Libraries by DNA Shuffling,” Nat. Med. 2:100. Advantages of this approach include that the antibody phage display produces monoclonal antibodies that are superior to polyclonals in terms of reproducibility of activity and production cost. Furthermore, DNA diversification and selection procedures, e.g., shuffling, can significantly improve the binding properties of antibodies and the selected monoclonals can serve as proprietary clones.
  • Testing the System by Cloning MAbs Specific to HBsAg, Yersinia V Antigen and Staph/Strep Enterotoxins.
  • MAbs specific to HBsAg, Yersinia V antigen, and Staph/Strep enterotoxins are optimized by DNA diversification and selection. MAbs specific to each antigen or antigen variant provides new and useful reagents for epitope mapping, affinity purification, neutralization tests, ELISAs and western analysis. In addition, a convenient and reliable source of immunized donor tissue is produced by mice vaccination studies of the variant antibodies.
  • DNA vaccines have the advantage that an isolated gene can be used for immunization, without requirement for the protein. However, the B-cell responses are often weak (Laylor et al. (1999) “DNA vaccination favours memory rather than effector B cell responses” Clin Exp Immunol 117: 106-12) and are difficult to measure by conventional methods. As the HBsAgs are tested by DNA vaccination, phage display is a powerful new system to characterize antibody responses induced by genetic vaccines. In addition, this provides a rapid means to generate new MAbs against proteins when only the DNA sequences are available.
  • Directed Evolution of Monoclonal Antibodies
  • DNA Diversification Strategies.
  • The strength of binding of an antibody to its cognate antigen is referred to as its “affinity.” Affinity maturation is usually thought of as the increase in affinity of an immune response upon subsequent doses of an immunogen. In nature, it reflects the somatic mutation of variable gene sequences of individual antigen-stimulated B cells followed by selection and clonal expansion of those B cells bearing higher-affinity antigen receptors.
  • The methods of the present invention provide for an ex vivo analog of affinity maturation. For example, various DNA shuffling and/or additional diversification procedures are highly efficient forms of hypermutation, which unlike the process observed in vivo, are not restricted to so-called hypervariable regions. Diversity, or hypermutation resulting from, e.g., the shuffling process provides the substrate for an artificial selection process. In cases where the selection criteria include increased affinity relative to a parental antibody, or to a reference standard of binding, affinity maturation is, in essence, achieved.
  • For example, a first step towards improving antibody binding affinities involves chain shuffling, where the VH or VL gene of the parent antibody is replaced with a complete V-gene repertoire and re-selected (Schier and Marks (1996) “Efficient in vitro affinity maturation of phage antibodies using BIAcore guided selections” Hum Antibodies Hybridomas 7: 97-105). The DNA diversification and selection procedures described herein are an improvement of this process in that they create additional diversity by randomly inserting V-gene fragments. (as well as any other antibody or antibody homologue subsequence) into the parental gene framework.
  • Alternatively, effector function of an antibody can be modified and/or optimized by recombination and/or mutagenesis of the heavy chain constant, or Fc regions. Recombinant Fc sequences can be assayed directly in a complex, functional assay, e.g., whole animal pathogenic challenge, or by using in vitro model systems such as antibody-based neutralization, or complement mediated lysis assays.
  • Antibody encoding polynucleotides are optionally used as substrates for a variety of recombination and recursive recombination (e.g., DNA shuffling) reactions. A variety of diversity generating protocols, including nucleic acid shuffling protocols, are available and fully described in the art. The procedures can be used separately, and/or in combination to produce one or more variants of a nucleic acid or set of nucleic acids, as well variants of encoded proteins. Individually and collectively, these procedures provide robust, widely applicable ways of generating diversified nucleic acids and sets of nucleic acids (including, e.g., nucleic acid libraries) useful, e.g., for the engineering or rapid evolution of nucleic acids, proteins, pathways, cells and/or organisms with new and/or improved characteristics.
  • While distinctions and classifications are made in the course of the ensuing discussion for clarity, it will be appreciated that the techniques are often not mutually exclusive. Indeed, the various methods can be used singly or in combination, in parallel or in series, to access diverse sequence variants.
  • The result of any of the diversity generating procedures described herein can be the generation of one or more nucleic acids, which can be selected or screened for nucleic acids that encode proteins with or which confer desirable properties. Following diversification by one or more of the methods herein, or otherwise available to one of skill, any nucleic acids that are produced can be selected for a desired activity or property, e.g. increased affinity or specificity, reduced immunogenicity of the encoded antibody. This can include identifying any activity that can be detected, for example, in an automated or automatable format, by any of the assays in the art, e.g., by ELISA, Biacore plasmon resonance, immunodiffusion, immunoprecipitation, affinity column purification. etc. A variety of related (or even unrelated) properties can be evaluated, in serial or in parallel, at the discretion of the practitioner.
  • Descriptions of a variety of diversity generating procedures, including recursive recombination procedures, e.g., shuffling, and/or methods which can be incorporated into such procedures, for generating modified nucleic acid sequences encoding antibodies are found the following publications and the references cited therein: Stemmer, et al. (1999) “Molecular breeding of viruses for targeting and other clinical properties” Tumor Targeting 4:1-4; Ness et al. (1999) “DNA Shuffling of subgenomic sequences of subtilisin” Nature Biotechnology 17:893-896; Chang et al. (1999) “Evolution of a cytokine using DNA family shuffling” Nature Biotechnology 17:793-797; Minshull and Stemmer (1999) “Protein evolution by molecular breeding” Current Opinion in Chemical Biology 3:284-290; Christians et al. (1999) “Directed evolution of thymidine kinase for AZT phosphorylation using DNA family shuffling” Nature Biotechnology 17:259-264; Crameri et al. (1998) “DNA shuffling of a family of genes from diverse species accelerates directed evolution” Nature 391:288-291; Crameri et al. (1997) “Molecular evolution of an arsenate detoxification pathway by DNA shuffling,” Nature Biotechnology 15:436-438; Zhang et al. (1997) “Directed evolution of an effective fucosidase from a galactosidase by DNA shuffling and screening” Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:4504-4509; Patten et al. (1997) “Applications of DNA Shuffling to Pharmaceuticals and Vaccines” Current Opinion in Biotechnology 8:724-733; Crameri et al. (1996) “Construction and evolution of antibody-phage libraries by DNA shuffling” Nature Medicine 2:100-103; Crameri et al. (1996) “Improved green fluorescent protein by molecular evolution using DNA shuffling” Nature Biotechnology 14:315-319; Gates et al. (1996) “Affinity selective isolation of ligands from peptide libraries through display on a lac repressor ‘headpiece dimer’” Journal of Molecular Biology 255:373-386; Stemmer (1996) “Sexual PCR and Assembly PCR” In: The Encyclopedia of Molecular Biology. VCH Publishers, New York, pp. 447-457; Crameri and Stemmer (1995) “Combinatorial multiple cassette mutagenesis creates all the permutations of mutant and wildtype cassettes” BioTechniques 18:194-195; Stemmer et al., (1995) “Single-step assembly of a gene and entire plasmid form large numbers of oligodeoxy-ribonucleotides” Gene, 164:49-53; Stemmer (1995) “The Evolution of Molecular Computation” Science 270: 1510; Stemmer (1995) “Searching Sequence Space” Bio/Technology 13:549-553; Stemmer (1994) “Rapid evolution of a protein in vitro by DNA shuffling” Nature 370:389-391; and Stemmer (1994) “DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and reassembly: In vitro recombination for molecular evolution.” Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:10747-10751.
  • Mutational methods of generating diversity include, for example, site-directed mutagenesis (Ling et al. (1997) “Approaches to DNA mutagenesis: an overview” Anal Biochem. 254(2): 157-178; Dale et al. (1996) “Oligonucleotide-directed random mutagenesis using the phosphorothioate method” Methods Mol. Biol. 57:369-374; Smith (1985) “In vitro mutagenesis” Ann. Rev. Genet. 19:423-462; Botstein & Shortle (1985) “Strategies and applications of in vitro mutagenesis” Science 229:1193-1201; Carter (1986) “Site-directed mutagenesis” Biochem. J. 237:1-7; and Kunkel (1987) “The efficiency of oligonucleotide directed mutagenesis” in Nucleic Acids & Molecular Biology (Eckstein, F. and Lilley, D. M. J. eds., Springer Verlag, Berlin)); mutagenesis using uracil containing templates (Kunkel (1985) “Rapid and efficient site-specific mutagenesis without phenotypic selection” Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:488-492; Kunkel et al. (1987) “Rapid and efficient site-specific mutagenesis without phenotypic selection” Methods in Enzymol. 154, 367-382; and Bass et al. (1988) “Mutant Trp repressors with new DNA-binding specificities” Science 242:240-245); oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis (Methods in Enzymol. 100: 468-500 (1983); Methods in Enzymol. 154: 329-350 (1987); Zoller & Smith (1982) “Oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis using M13-derived vectors: an efficient and general procedure for the production of point mutations in any DNA fragment” Nucleic Acids Res. 10:6487-6500; Zoller & Smith (1983) “Oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis of DNA fragments cloned into M13 vectors” Methods in Enzymol. 100:468-500; and Zoller & Smith (1987) “Oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis: a simple method using two oligonucleotide primers and a single-stranded DNA template” Methods in Enzymol. 154:329-350); phosphorothioate-modified DNA mutagenesis (Taylor et al. (1985) “The use of phosphorothioate-modified DNA in restriction enzyme reactions to prepare nicked DNA” Nucl. Acids Res. 13: 8749-8764; Taylor et al. (1985) “The rapid generation of oligonucleotide-directed mutations at high frequency using phosphorothioate-modified DNA” Nucl. Acids Res. 13: 8765-8787 (1985); Nakamaye & Eckstein (1986) “Inhibition of restriction endonuclease Nci I cleavage by phosphorothioate groups and its application to oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis” Nucl. Acids Res. 14: 9679-9698; Sayers et al. (1988) “Y-T Exonucleases in phosphorothioate-based oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis” Nucl. Acids Res. 16:791-802; and Sayers et al. (1988) “Strand specific cleavage of phosphorothioate-containing DNA by reaction with restriction endonucleases in the presence of ethidium bromide” Nucl. Acids Res. 16: 803-814); mutagenesis using gapped duplex DNA (Kramer et al. (1984) “The gapped duplex DNA approach to oligonucleotide-directed mutation construction” Nucl. Acids Res. 12: 9441-9456; Kramer & Fritz (1987) Methods in Enzymol. “Oligonucleotide-directed construction of mutations via gapped duplex DNA” 154:350-367; Kramer et al. (1988) “Improved enzymatic in vitro reactions in the gapped duplex DNA approach to oligonucleotide-directed construction of mutations” Nucl. Acids Res. 16: 7207; and Fritz et al. (1988) “Oligonucleotide-directed construction of mutations: a gapped duplex DNA procedure without enzymatic reactions in vitro” Nucl. Acids Res. 16: 6987-6999).
  • Additional suitable methods include point mismatch repair (Kramer et al. (1984) “Point Mismatch Repair” Cell 38:879-887), mutagenesis using repair-deficient host strains (Carter et al. (1985) “Improved oligonucleotide site-directed mutagenesis using M13 vectors” Nucl. Acids Res. 13: 4431-4443; and Carter (1987) “Improved oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis using M13 vectors” Methods in Enzymol. 154: 382-403), deletion mutagenesis (Eghtedarzadeh & Henikoff (1986) “Use of oligonucleotides to generate large deletions” Nucl. Acids Res. 14: 5115), restriction-selection and restriction-selection and restriction-purification (Wells et al. (1986) “Importance of hydrogen-bond formation in stabilizing the transition state of subtilisin” Phil. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. A 317: 415-423), mutagenesis by total gene synthesis (Nambiar et al. (1984) “Total synthesis and cloning of a gene coding for the ribonuclease S protein” Science 223: 1299-1301; Sakamar and Khorana (1988) “Total synthesis and expression of a gene for the a-subunit of bovine rod outer segment guanine nucleotide-binding protein (transducin)” Nucl. Acids Res. 14: 6361-6372; Wells et al. (1985) “Cassette mutagenesis: an efficient method for generation of multiple mutations at defined sites” Gene 34:315-323; and Grundström et al. (1985) “Oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis by microscale ‘shot-gun’ gene synthesis” Nucl. Acids Res. 13: 3305-3316), double-strand break repair (Mandecki (1986); Arnold (1993) “Protein engineering for unusual environments” Current Opinion in Biotechnology 4:450-455. “Oligonucleotide-directed double-strand break repair in plasmids of Escherichia coli: a method for site-specific mutagenesis” Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 83:7177-7181). Additional details on many of the above methods can be found in Methods in Enzymology Volume 154, which also describes useful controls for trouble-shooting problems with various mutagenesis methods.
  • Additional details regarding various diversity generating methods can be found in the following U.S. patents, PCT publications, and EPO publications: U.S. Pat. No. 5,605,793 to Stemmer (Feb. 25. 1997), “Methods for In Vitro Recombination;” U.S. Pat. No. 5,811,238 to Stemmer et al. (Sep. 22, 1998) “Methods for Generating Polynucleotides having Desired Characteristics by Iterative Selection and Recombination;” U.S. Pat. No. 5,830,721 to Stemmer et al. (Nov. 3, 1998), “DNA Mutagenesis by Random Fragmentation and Reassembly;” U.S. Pat. No. 5,834,252 to Stemmer, et al. (Nov. 10, 1998) “End-Complementary Polymerase Reaction;” U.S. Pat. No. 5,837,458 to Minshull, et al. (Nov. 17, 1998), “Methods and Compositions for Cellular and Metabolic Engineering;” WO 95/22625, Stemmer and Crameri, “Mutagenesis by Random Fragmentation and Reassembly;” WO 96/33207 by Stemmer and Lipschutz “End Complementary Polymerase Chain Reaction;” WO 97/20078 by Stemmer and Crameri “Methods for Generating Polynucleotides having Desired Characteristics by Iterative Selection and Recombination;” WO 97/35966 by Minshull and Stemmer, “Methods and Compositions for Cellular and Metabolic Engineering;” WO 99/41402 by Punnonen et al. “Targeting of Genetic Vaccine Vectors;” WO 99/41383 by Punnonen et al. “Antigen Library Immunization;” WO 99/41369 by Punnonen et al. “Genetic Vaccine Vector Engineering;” WO 99/41368 by Punnonen et al. “Optimization of Immunomodulatory Properties of Genetic Vaccines;” EP 752008 by Stemmer and Crameri, “DNA Mutagenesis by Random Fragmentation and Reassembly;” EP 0932670 by Stemmer “Evolving Cellular DNA Uptake by Recursive Sequence Recombination;” WO 99/23107 by Stemmer et al., “Modification of Virus Tropism and Host Range by Viral Genome Shuffling;” WO 99/21979 by Apt et al., “Human Papillomavirus Vectors;” WO 98/31837 by del Cardayre et al. “Evolution of Whole Cells and Organisms by Recursive Sequence Recombination;” WO 98/27230 by Patten and Stemmer, “Methods and Compositions for Polypeptide Engineering;” WO 98/13487 by Stemmer et al., “Methods for Optimization of Gene Therapy by Recursive Sequence Shuffling and Selection,” WO 00/00632, “Methods for Generating Highly Diverse Libraries,” WO 00/09679, “Methods for Obtaining in Vitro Recombined Polynucleotide Sequence Banks and Resulting Sequences,” WO 98/42832 by Arnold et al., “Recombination of Polynucleotide Sequences Using Random or Defined Primers,” WO 99/29902 by Arnold et al., “Method for Creating Polynucleotide and Polypeptide Sequences,” WO 98/41653 by Vind, “An in Vitro Method for Construction of a DNA Library,” WO 98/41622 by Borchert et al., “Method for Constructing a Library Using DNA Shuffling,” and WO 98/42727 by Pati and Zarling, “Sequence Alterations using Homologous Recombination.”
  • Certain U.S. applications provide additional details regarding various diversity generating methods, including “SHUFFLING OF CODON ALTERED GENES” by Patten et al. filed Sep. 28, 1999, (U.S. Ser. No. 09/407,300); “EVOLUTION OF WHOLE CELLS AND ORGANISMS BY RECURSIVE SEQUENCE RECOMBINATION” by del Cardayre et al. filed Jul. 15, 1998 (U.S. Ser. No. 09/166,188), and Jul. 15, 1999 (U.S. Ser. No. 09/354,922); “OLIGONUCLEOTIDE MEDIATED NUCLEIC ACID RECOMBINATION” by Crameri et al., filed Sep. 28, 1999 (U.S. Ser. No. 09/408,392), and “OLIGONUCLEOTIDE MEDIATED NUCLEIC ACID RECOMBINATION” by Crameri et al., filed Jan. 18, 2000 (PCT/US00/01203); “USE OF CODON-BASED OLIGONUCLEOTIDE SYNTHESIS FOR SYNTHETIC SHUFFLING” by Welch et al., filed Sep. 28, 1999 (U.S. Ser. No. 09/408,393); “METHODS FOR MAKING CHARACTER STRINGS, POLYNUCLEOTIDES & POLYPEPTIDES HAVING DESIRED CHARACTERISTICS” by Selifonov et al., filed Jan. 18, 2000, (PCT/US00/01202) and, e.g., “METHODS FOR MAKING CHARACTER STRINGS, POLYNUCLEOTIDES & POLYPEPTIDES HAVING DESIRED CHARACTERISTICS” by Selifonov et al., filed Jul. 18, 2000 (U.S. Ser. No. 09/618,579); “METHODS OF POPULATING DATA STRUCTURES FOR USE IN EVOLUTIONARY SIMULATIONS” by Selifonov and Stemmer, filed Jan. 18, 2000 (PCT/US00/01138); and “SINGLE-STRANDED NUCLEIC ACID TEMPLATE-MEDIATED RECOMBINATION AND NUCLEIC ACID FRAGMENT ISOLATION” by Affholter, filed Mar. 2, 2000 (U.S. Ser. No. 60/186,482).
  • In brief, several different general classes of sequence modification methods, such as mutation, recombination, etc., are applicable to the production of antibodies with improved and desired properties, and set forth, e.g., in the references above.
  • The following exemplify some of the different types of preferred formats for diversity generation in the context of the present invention, including, e.g., certain recombination, and recursive recombination, based diversity generation formats.
  • Nucleic acids can be recombined in vitro by any of a variety of techniques discussed in the references above, including e.g., DNAse digestion of nucleic acids to be recombined followed by ligation and/or PCR reassembly of the nucleic acids. For example, sexual PCR mutagenesis can be used in which random (or pseudo random, or even non-random) fragmentation of the DNA molecule is followed by recombination, based on sequence similarity, between DNA molecules with different but related DNA sequences, in vitro, followed by fixation of the crossover by extension in a polymerase chain reaction. This process and many process variants is described in several of the references above, e.g., in Stemmer (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:10747-10751. Thus, nucleic acids encoding antibodies, antibody fragments, and the like, are fragmented and recombined in vitro based on sequence similarity, and then selected for the property of interest.
  • Similarly, nucleic acids can be recursively recombined in vivo, e.g., by allowing recombination to occur between nucleic acids in cells. Many such in vivo recombination formats are set forth in the references noted above. Such formats optionally provide direct recombination between nucleic acids of interest, or provide recombination between vectors, viruses, plasmids, etc., comprising the nucleic acids of interest, as well as other formats. Details regarding such procedures are found in the references noted above. Thus, in vivo recombination methods can be employed to generate antibodies with desired properties, for example by transfecting libraries of ScVF antibody encoding nucleic acids into a population of host cells, where they are recombined and expressed for selection.
  • Whole genome recombination methods can also be used in which whole genomes of cells or other organisms are recombined, optionally including spiking of the genomic recombination mixtures with desired library components (e.g., genes corresponding to the pathways of the present invention). These methods have many applications, including those in which the identity of a target gene is not known. Details on such methods are found, e.g., in WO 98/31837 by del Cardayre et al. “Evolution of Whole Cells and Organisms by Recursive Sequence Recombination;” and in, e.g., PCT/US99/15972 by del Cardayre et al., also entitled “Evolution of Whole Cells and Organisms by Recursive Sequence Recombination.”
  • Synthetic recombination methods can also be used, in which oligonucleotides corresponding to targets of interest are synthesized and reassembled in PCR or ligation reactions which include oligonucleotides which correspond to more than one parental nucleic acid, thereby generating new recombined nucleic acids. Oligonucleotides can be made by standard nucleotide addition methods, or can be made, e.g., by tri-nucleotide synthetic approaches. Details regarding such approaches are found in the references noted above, including, e.g., “OLIGONUCLEOTIDE MEDIATED NUCLEIC ACID RECOMBINATION” by Crameri et al., filed Sep. 28, 1999 (U.S. Ser. No. 09/408,392), and “OLIGONUCLEOTIDE MEDIATED NUCLEIC ACID RECOMBINATION” by Crameri et al., filed Jan. 18, 2000 (PCT/US00/01203). “USE OF CODON-BASED OLIGONUCLEOTIDE SYNTHESIS FOR SYNTHETIC SHUFFLING” by Welch et al., filed Sep. 28, 1999 (U.S. Ser. No. 09/408,393); “METHODS FOR MAKING CHARACTER STRINGS, POLYNUCLEOTIDES & POLYPEPTIDES HAVING DESIRED CHARACTERISTICS” by Selifonov et al., filed Jan. 18, 2000, (PCT/US00/01202); “METHODS OF POPULATING DATA STRUCTURES FOR USE IN EVOLUTIONARY SIMULATIONS” by Selifonov and Stemmer (PCT/US00/01138), filed Jan. 18, 2000; and, e.g., “METHODS FOR MAKING CHARACTER STRINGS, POLYNUCLEOTIDES & POLYPEPTIDES HAVING DESIRED CHARACTERISTICS” by Selifonov et al., filed Jul. 18, 2000 (U.S. Ser. No. 09/618,579).
  • In silico methods of recombination can be effected in which genetic algorithms are used in a computer to recombine sequence strings which correspond to homologous (or even non-homologous) nucleic acids. The resulting recombined sequence strings are optionally converted into nucleic acids by synthesis of nucleic acids which correspond to the recombined sequences, e.g., in concert with oligonucleotide synthesis/gene reassembly techniques. This approach can generate random, partially random or designed variants. Many details regarding in silico recombination, including the use of genetic algorithms, genetic operators and the like in computer systems, combined with generation of corresponding nucleic acids (and/or proteins), as well as combinations of designed nucleic acids and/or proteins (e.g., based on cross-over site selection) as well as designed, pseudo-random or random recombination methods are described in “METHODS FOR MAKING CHARACTER STRINGS, POLYNUCLEOTIDES & POLYPEPTIDES HAVING DESIRED CHARACTERISTICS” by Selifonov et al., filed Jan. 18, 2000, (PCT/US00/01202) “METHODS OF POPULATING DATA STRUCTURES FOR USE IN EVOLUTIONARY SIMULATIONS” by Selifonov and Stemmer (PCT/US00/01138), filed Jan. 18, 2000; and, e.g., “METHODS FOR MAKING CHARACTER STRINGS, POLYNUCLEOTIDES & POLYPEPTIDES HAVING DESIRED CHARACTERISTICS” by Selifonov et al., filed Jul. 18, 2000 (U.S. Ser. No. 09/618,579). Extensive details regarding in silico recombination methods are found in these applications. This methodology is generally applicable to the present invention in providing for recombination of antibody encoding sequences in silico and/or the generation of corresponding nucleic acids or proteins.
  • Many methods of accessing natural diversity, e.g., by hybridization of diverse nucleic acids or nucleic acid fragments to single-stranded templates, followed by polymerization and/or ligation to regenerate full-length sequences, optionally followed by degradation of the templates and recovery of the resulting modified nucleic acids can be similarly used. In one method employing a single-stranded template, the fragment population derived from the genomic library(ies) is annealed with partial, or, often approximately full length ssDNA or RNA corresponding to the opposite strand. Assembly of complex chimeric genes from this population is then mediated by nuclease-base removal of non-hybridizing fragment ends, polymerization to fill gaps between such fragments and subsequent single stranded ligation. The parental polynucleotide strand can be removed by digestion (e.g., if RNA or uracil-containing), magnetic separation under denaturing conditions (if labeled in a manner conducive to such separation) and other available separation/purification methods. Alternatively, the parental strand is optionally co-purified with the chimeric strands and removed during subsequent screening and processing steps. Additional details regarding this approach are found, e.g., in “SINGLE-STRANDED NUCLEIC ACID TEMPLATE-MEDIATED RECOMBINATION AND NUCLEIC ACID FRAGMENT ISOLATION” by Affholter, U.S. Ser. No. 60/186,482, filed Mar. 2, 2000.
  • In another approach, single-stranded molecules are converted to double-stranded DNA (dsDNA) and the dsDNA molecules are bound to a solid support by ligand-mediated binding. After separation of unbound DNA, the selected DNA molecules are released from the support and introduced into a suitable host cell to generate a library enriched sequences which hybridize to the probe. A library produced in this manner provides a desirable substrate for further diversification using any of the procedures described herein.
  • Any of the preceding general recombination formats can be practiced in a reiterative fashion (e.g., one or more cycles of mutation/recombination or other diversity generation methods, optionally followed by one or more selection methods) to generate a more diverse set of recombinant nucleic acids.
  • Mutagenesis employing polynucleotide chain termination methods have also been proposed (see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,965,408, “Method of DNA reassembly by interrupting synthesis” to Short, and the references above), and can be applied to the present invention. In this approach, double stranded DNAs corresponding to one or more genes sharing regions of sequence similarity are combined and denatured, in the presence or absence of primers specific for the gene. The single stranded polynucleotides are then annealed and incubated in the presence of a polymerase and a chain terminating reagent (e.g., ultraviolet, gamma or X-ray irradiation; ethidium bromide or other intercalators, DNA binding proteins, such as single strand binding proteins, transcription activating factors, or histones; polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons; trivalent chromium or a trivalent chromium salt; or abbreviated polymerization mediated by rapid thermocycling; and the like), resulting in the production of partial duplex molecules. The partial duplex molecules, e.g., containing partially extended chains, are then denatured and reannealed in subsequent rounds of replication or partial replication resulting in polynucleotides which share varying degrees of sequence similarity and which are diversified with respect to the starting population of DNA molecules. Optionally, the products, or partial pools of the products, can be amplified at one or more stages in the process. Polynucleotides produced by a chain termination method, such as described above, are suitable substrates for any other described recombination format.
  • Diversity also can be generated in nucleic acids or populations of nucleic acids using a recombinational procedure termed “incremental truncation for the creation of hybrid enzymes” (“ITCHY”) described in Ostermeier et al. (1999) “A combinatorial approach to hybrid enzymes independent of DNA homology” Nature Biotech 17:1205. This approach can be used to generate an initial a library of variants which can optionally serve as a substrate for one or more in vitro or in vivo recombination methods. See, also, Ostermeier et al. (1999) “Combinatorial Protein Engineering by Incremental Truncation,” Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 96: 3562-67; Ostermeier et al. (1999), “Incremental Truncation as a Strategy in the Engineering of Novel Biocatalysts,” Biological and Medicinal Chemistry, 7: 2139-44.
  • Mutational methods which result in the alteration of individual nucleotides or groups of contiguous or non-contiguous nucleotides can be favorably employed to introduce nucleotide diversity into the antibody sequences of the present invention. Many mutagenesis methods are found in the above-cited references; additional details regarding mutagenesis methods can be found in following, which can also be applied to the present invention.
  • For example, error-prone PCR can be used to generate nucleic acid variants. Using this technique, PCR is performed under conditions where the copying fidelity of the DNA polymerase is low, such that a high rate of point mutations is obtained along the entire length of the PCR product. Examples of such techniques are found in the references above and, e.g., in Leung et al. (1989) Technique 1: 11-15 and Caldwell et al. (1992) PCR Methods Applic. 2:28-33. Similarly, assembly PCR can be used in a process which involves the assembly of a PCR product from a mixture of small DNA fragments. A large number of different PCR reactions can occur in parallel in the same reaction mixture, with the products of one reaction priming the products of another reaction.
  • Oligonucleotide directed mutagenesis can be used to introduce site-specific mutations in a nucleic acid sequence of interest. Examples of such techniques are found in the references above and, e.g., in Reidhaar-Olson et al. (1988) Science, 241:53-57. Similarly, cassette mutagenesis can be used in a process that replaces a small region of a double stranded DNA molecule with a synthetic oligonucleotide cassette that differs from the native sequence. The oligonucleotide can contain, e.g., completely and/or partially randomized native sequence(s).
  • Recursive ensemble mutagenesis is a process in which an algorithm for protein mutagenesis is used to produce diverse populations of phenotypically related mutants, members of which differ in amino acid sequence. This method uses a feedback mechanism to monitor successive rounds of combinatorial cassette mutagenesis. Examples of this approach are found in Arkin & Youvan (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:7811-7815.
  • Exponential ensemble mutagenesis can be used for generating combinatorial libraries with a high percentage of unique and functional mutants. Small groups of residues in a sequence of interest are randomized in parallel to identify, at each altered position, amino acids which lead to functional proteins. Examples of such procedures are found in Delegrave & Youvan (1993) Biotechnology Research 11: 1548-1552.
  • In vivo mutagenesis can be used to generate random mutations in any cloned DNA of interest by propagating the DNA, e.g., in a strain of E. coli that carries mutations in one or more of the DNA repair pathways. These “mutator” strains have a higher random mutation rate than that of a wild-type parent. Propagating the DNA in one of these strains will eventually generate random mutations within the DNA. Such procedures are described in the references noted above.
  • Other procedures for introducing diversity into a genome, e.g. a bacterial, fungal, animal or plant genome can be used in conjunction with the above described and/or referenced methods. For example, in addition to the methods above, techniques have been proposed which produce nucleic acid multimers suitable for transformation into a variety of species (see, e.g., Schellenberger U.S. Pat. No. 5,756,316 and the references above). Transformation of a suitable host with such multimers, consisting of genes that are divergent with respect to one another, (e.g., derived from natural diversity or through application of site directed mutagenesis, error prone PCR, passage through mutagenic bacterial strains, and the like), provides a source of nucleic acid diversity for DNA diversification, e.g., by an in vivo recombination process as indicated above.
  • Alternatively, a multiplicity of monomeric polynucleotides sharing regions of partial sequence similarity can be transformed into a host species and recombined in vivo by the host cell. Subsequent rounds of cell division can be used to generate libraries, members of which, include a single, homogenous population, or pool of monomeric polynucleotides. Alternatively, the monomeric nucleic acid can be recovered by standard techniques, e.g., PCR and/or cloning, and recombined in any of the recombination formats, including recursive recombination formats, described above.
  • Methods for generating multispecies expression libraries have been described (in addition to the reference noted above, see, e.g., Peterson et al. (1998) U.S. Pat. No. 5,783,431 “METHODS FOR GENERATING AND SCREENING NOVEL METABOLIC PATHWAYS,” and Thompson, et al. (1998) U.S. Pat. No. 5,824,485 METHODS FOR GENERATING AND SCREENING NOVEL METABOLIC PATHWAYS) and their use to identify protein activities of interest has been proposed (In addition to the references noted above, see, Short (1999) U.S. Pat. No. 5,958,672 “PROTEIN ACTIVITY SCREENING OF CLONES HAVING DNA FROM UNCULTIVATED MICROORGANISMS”). Multispecies expression libraries include, in general, libraries comprising cDNA or genomic sequences from a plurality of species or strains, operably linked to appropriate regulatory sequences, in an expression cassette. The cDNA and/or genomic sequences are optionally randomly ligated to further enhance diversity. The vector can be a shuttle vector suitable for transformation and expression in more than one species of host organism, e.g., bacterial species, eukaryotic cells. In some cases, the library is biased by preselecting sequences which encode a protein of interest, or which hybridize to a nucleic acid of interest. Any such libraries can be provided as substrates for any of the methods herein described.
  • The above described procedures have been largely directed to increasing nucleic acid and/or encoded protein diversity. However, in many cases, not all of the diversity is useful, e.g., functional, and contributes merely to increasing the background of variants that must be screened or selected to identify the few favorable variants. In some applications, it is desirable to preselect or prescreen libraries (e.g., an amplified library, a genomic library, a cDNA library, a normalized library, etc.) or other substrate nucleic acids prior to diversification, e.g., by recombination-based mutagenesis procedures, or to otherwise bias the substrates towards nucleic acids that encode functional products. For example, in the case of antibody engineering, it is possible to bias the diversity generating process toward antibodies with functional antigen binding sites by taking advantage of in vivo recombination events prior to manipulation by any of the described methods. For example, recombined CDRs derived from B cell cDNA libraries can be amplified and assembled into framework regions (e.g., Jirholt et al. (1998) “Exploiting sequence space: shuffling in vivo formed complementarity determining regions into a master framework” Gene 215: 471) prior to diversifying according to any of the methods described herein.
  • Libraries can be biased towards nucleic acids which encode proteins with desirable enzyme activities. For example, after identifying a clone from a library which exhibits a specified activity, the clone can be mutagenized using any known method for introducing DNA alterations. A library comprising the mutagenized homologues is then screened for a desired activity, which can be the same as or different from the initially specified activity. An example of such a procedure is proposed in Short (1999) U.S. Pat. No. 5,939,250 for “PRODUCTION OF ENZYMES HAVING DESIRED ACTIVITIES BY MUTAGENESIS.” Desired activities can be identified by any method known in the art. For example, WO 99/10539 proposes that gene libraries can be screened by combining extracts from the gene library with components obtained from metabolically rich cells and identifying combinations which exhibit the desired activity. It has also been proposed (e.g., WO 98/58085) that clones with desired activities can be identified by inserting bioactive substrates into samples of the library, and detecting bioactive fluorescence corresponding to the product of a desired activity using a fluorescent analyzer, e.g., a flow cytometry device, a CCD, a fluorometer, or a spectrophotometer.
  • Libraries can also be biased towards nucleic acids which have specified characteristics, e.g., hybridization to a selected nucleic acid probe. For example, application WO 99/10539 proposes that polynucleotides encoding a desired activity (e.g., an enzymatic activity, for example: a lipase, an esterase, a protease, a glycosidase, a glycosyl transferase, a phosphatase, a kinase, an oxygenase, a peroxidase, a hydrolase, a hydratase, a nitrilase, a transaminase, an amidase or an acylase) can be identified from among genomic DNA sequences in the following manner. Single stranded DNA molecules from a population of genomic DNA are hybridized to a ligand-conjugated probe. The genomic DNA can be derived from either a cultivated or uncultivated microorganism, or from an environmental sample. Alternatively, the genomic DNA can be derived from a multicellular organism, or a tissue derived therefrom. Second strand synthesis can be conducted directly from the hybridization probe used in the capture, with or without prior release from the capture medium or by a wide variety of other strategies known in the art. Alternatively, the isolated single-stranded genomic DNA population can be fragmented without further cloning and used directly in, e.g., a recombination-based approach,; that employs a single-stranded template, as described above.
  • “Non-Stochastic” methods of generating nucleic acids and polypeptides are alleged in Short “Non-Stochastic Generation of Genetic Vaccines and Enzymes” WO 00/46344. These methods, including proposed non-stochastic polynucleotide reassembly and site-saturation mutagenesis methods can be applied to the present invention as well.
  • It will readily be appreciated that any of the above described techniques suitable for enriching a library prior to diversification can also be used to screen the products, or libraries of products, produced by the diversity generating methods.
  • Kits for mutagenesis, library construction and other diversity generation methods are also commercially available. For example, kits are available from, e.g., Stratagene (e.g., QuickChange™ site-directed mutagenesis kit; and Chameleon™ double-stranded, site-directed mutagenesis kit), Bio/Can Scientific, Bio-Rad (e.g., using the Kunkel method described above), Boehringer Mannheim Corp., Clonetech Laboratories, DNA Technologies, Epicentre Technologies (e.g., 5 prime 3 prime kit); Genpak Inc, Lemargo Inc, Life Technologies (Gibco BRL), New England Biolabs, Pharmacia Biotech, Promega Corp., Quantum Biotechnologies, Amersham International plc (e.g., using the Eckstein method above), and Anglian Biotechnology Ltd. (e.g., using the Carter/Winter method above).
  • The above references provide many mutational formats, including recombination, recursive recombination, recursive mutation, and combinations of recombination with other forms of mutagenesis, as well as many modifications of these formats. Regardless of the diversity generation format that is used, the nucleic acids of the invention can be recombined (with each other, or with related (or even unrelated) sequences) to produce a diverse set of recombinant nucleic acids, including, e.g., sets of homologous nucleic acids, as well as corresponding polypeptides.
  • The recombining steps can be performed in vivo, in vitro, or in silico as described in more detail in the references above. Also included in the invention is a cell containing any resulting recombinant nucleic acid, nucleic acid libraries produced by recursive recombination of the nucleic acids set forth herein, and populations of cells, vectors, viruses, plasmids or the like comprising the library or comprising any recombinant nucleic acid resulting from recombination (or recursive recombination) of a nucleic acid as set forth herein with another such nucleic acid, or an additional nucleic acid. Corresponding sequence strings in a database present in a computer system or computer readable medium are a feature of the invention.
  • To maximize the probability of recovering beneficial recombinants, several variations of recombination and mutagenesis procedures can be compared. Such variations include (a) recombining only positive clones (e.g., low-diversity shuffling), (b) recombining positive clones with all clones from the parent library (e.g., high-diversity shuffling), (c) recombining positive clones with other members of the Ig super family, for example with T cell receptor genes (e.g., family shuffling), especially, e.g., where added functionality is desirable (e.g., in providing antibodies with unique functions such as enzymatic activity) (d) spiking the recombination reaction with oligos encoding partially-randomized CDRs (Crameri et al. (1996) “Construction and evolution of antibody-phage libraries by DNA shuffling” Nat Med 2: 100-2), (e) serial passage of recombinant, e.g., shuffled, clones through an E. coli mutator strain (e.g. E. coli mutD5) (Low et al. (1996) “Mimicking somatic hypermutation: affinity maturation of antibodies displayed on bacteriophage using a bacterial mutator strain” J Mol Biol 260: 359-68) (f) recombining, e.g., shuffling, clones derived from a second functionally related library, (g) combining recombination, e.g., shuffling, techniques with standard cloning and mutagenesis techniques, by including recombinant DNA molecules produced by any standard technique among the nucleic acids being diversified, e.g., shuffled. For example, recombined CDRs derived from B cell cDNA libraries can be amplified and assembled into framework regions (e.g., Jirholt et al. (1998) “Exploiting sequence space: shuffling in vivo formed complementarity determining regions into a master framework” Gene 215: 471-476) prior to DNA recombination, e.g., shuffling, according to any of the methods described herein, or (h) any combination of the above.
  • Additional Details Regarding Antibody and Target Selection
  • The methods of the present invention can readily be applied to the development and optimization of antibodies to fulfill a wide variety of functions, determined largely by the selection of the target antigen or antigens. It is possible through the selection of appropriate target antigens to generate and evolve antibodies as treatment candidates for a number of human diseases. For example diseases which result from a disregulation of the immune system, such as chronic inflammatory diseases, (e.g., lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, and diabetes) and allergies, can respond favorably to antibodies which target components of the immune regulatory network, e.g., T cell and B cell surface determinants, superantigens, MHC class II, interferon gamma, alpha interferon, and leucointegrin. The invention also provides for the development of optimized and humanized antibody reagents for the treatment of acute autoimmune disorders such as rhesus factor induced hydrops fetalis through the generation of improved recombinant anti-rh antibodies.
  • In addition, antibodies directed against other targets, such as markers isolated from vascular endothelium or activated epithelium, have potential in modulating the immune response. Similarly, antibodies to small molecule immunemodulators, such as nitrotyrosine, can play a role in regulating immune system disorders. Antibodies raised and optimized against allergens, for example, dust mite allergen, offer a potential therapeutic agent in the treatment of common allergies.
  • Novel and improved antibodies directed against Lymphocyte cell surface receptors and ligands (e.g., B7, CD80, CD86, CD28, and CTLA-4), Adhesion Molecules (e.g., LFA-1, Pgp-1, VLA-4, VCAM-1, ICAM-1, etc.), interleukins and their receptors (e.g., Il-2, IL-2R, etc.), cytokines (interferon-gamma, tumor necrosis factor, alpha interferon, transforming growth factor-beta, etc.), are all a feature of the invention. Likewise, antibodies against Cluster of Differentiation (CD) antigens, for example: CD25, CD20, CD28, CD18, CD23, CD22, CD30, CD44, CD150 and their receptors, e.g., CD45R, are all suitable substrates for the methods of the invention.
  • The present invention also provides for the derivation and evolution of novel cancer immunotherapeutic agents as noted supra. Pan carcinoma markers as well as markers expressed on the surface of specific tumor types, e.g., bladder, breast, prostate, ovary, melanoma, glioma, lymphoma, and colorectal carcinoma, etc. can be isolated and used as described herein to generate monoclonal antibodies. Similarly, well known tumor growth factors, regulatory molecules, and markers including TNF-alpha, interferon gamma, ras, ErbB2, ErbB-3 R, adrenomedulin, Fas, EGF, EGF-R, rat neuT, Flk-1 receptor, vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), nscic, pancarcinoma markers, carcinoembryonic antigen, (CEA), human chorionic gonadotrophin (HCG), alphafetoprotein (AFP) are all suitable as targets for the antibodies of the invention.
  • Neurological disorders such as Alzheimers disease can be addressed using the methods and antibodies of the invention, for example by developing optimized antibodies against beta-amyloid aggregates. Antibodies useful in the treatment of such chronic degenerative disorders as Multiple Sclerosis can be developed using antibodies selected by the methods of the invention to stimulate remyelination. Antibodies of the invention can also be optimized for use in the treatment of drug overdose, and toxicity, e.g., cocaine, antidepressents. Reagents useful for the diagnosis of neurological disorders are also a feature of the invention. For example antibodies directed against neural components, such as HexosaminidaseA are valuable in the diagnosis of specific neurological disorders, e.g., Tay-Sachs disease.
  • Humanized antibodies optimized to bind proteins involved in lipid homeostasis, such as Cholesterol ester transfer protein (CETP), low density lipoprotein (LDL), and the atherosclerotic plaque marker, Z2D3, can readily be made by the methods of the invention, and have potential utility in the treatment of diagnosis and treatment of hyperlipidemia and arteriosclerosis. Similarly, antibodies to human adipocytes have potential in the treatment of obesity. Antibodies developed by the methods of the invention and directed against Type II phospholipase A2 are a possible reagent in the treatment of myocardial infarction, and antibodies against fibring have potential in the treatment of clotting disorders.
  • The present invention also provides for antibodies useful in the treatment of infectious diseases, including those caused by viral pathogens, e.g., Herpes Simplex Virus, Herpes zoster, Hepatitis, A, B, C, Cytalomegalovirus, Respiratory syncitial virus, rabies, Human Papilloma Virus, Varicella zoster, B19 Parvovirus and viral agents causing the common cold, among others. An aspect of the invention relates to the coevolution of antibodies against HIV, including epitopes derived from envelope proteins, and including p17, gp120, gp41, p24. Antibodies can also be developed that are useful in the treatment of infectious diseases caused by bacterial agents, including enterococci, (e.g., E. coli verotoxin), Bacillus psocyaneus (flagellum), Pneumocystis carinii, Pseudomonas aureuginosa, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Clostridium difficile, Cryptosporidium sp., Pseudomonas sp., and tetanus. Candidates for the treatment of fungal infections include ubiquitous heat shock proteins, e.g., the hsp90 of Candida albicans, which can be selected for high affinity binding, in spite of the limited antigenicity of the target antigen.
  • In addition to antibodies useful in the treatment or diagnosis of specific disorders as enumerated above, and further enumerated in Tables 1 and 2, it will be clear that such various subsets of antibody classes as anti-idiotype antibodies, mimetic antibodies, anti-codon antibodies, bifunctional antibodies, diabodies, tribodies, tetrabodies, single chain antibodies, single-arm composite antibodies, monovalent antibodies, humanized antibodies, primatized antibodies, Trigger antibodies, antibody aggregates, and antibody-conjugates are all features of the invention. Antibody-conjugates include antibodies conjugated to protein moieties, (e.g., enzymes, nerve growth factor), chemotherapeutic or antiproliferative agents, (genistein, doxorubicin, calicheamicin, MX-DPTA, maytansine, mitomycin, etc.), radio-conjugates, (e.g., rhenium-186, rhenium-188, astatine-211, technetium-99, indium-111), and toxins, (e.g., PE38 and PE40 truncated Pseudomonas exotoxin, blocked ricin). Also included are antibodies conjugated to bioactive moieties such as vasoactive agents, and moieties which facilitate transport of the antibody across membranes or into the nucleus. In addition, antibodies conjugated to non-biological particles such as gold, and magnetic nanoparticles (MNP, e.g., ranging from 10-50 nm in size) are a feature of the invention.
  • Tables 1 and 2, below, provides a description of a variety of antibodies, their origins, source, target or diagnostic use, and, if available, accession number. In Table 1 the H column relates to whether the antibodies are humanized. Any of the antibodies in the Tables, as well as any of those noted herein, can be modified according to the methods of the invention. For example, the antibodies can be diversified and selected, e.g., shuffled, to improve activity, or specificity, to reduce immunogenicity (e.g., by humanization) or the like. In Table 1, the majority of antibodies are monoclonal antibodies, although some of those presented are polyclonal. The present invention relates to the diversification, for example, by nucleic acid shuffling, of both monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies, and polyclonal antibodies can be converted to polyclonal antibodies by standard methods.
  • One aspect of the invention provides methods of improving an antibody of Table 1 or Table 2. In the methods, a nucleic acid encoding an antibody of Table 1 or 2, or a homologue or fragment thereof is recombined with one or more additional antibody coding nucleic acid, or homologue or fragment thereof. A fragment of a sequence for purposes of this disclosure is an actual fragment produced, e.g., by nuclease digestion (e.g., DNAse digestion), mechanical shearing, amplification, etc., of the indicated parental nucleic acid, or an oligonucleotide generated to include at least about 20, and typically about 40 or more nucleotides of the parental nucleic acid. In many recombination procedures noted in detail supra, parental nucleic acids such as the nucleic acids encoding the enumerated nucleic antibodies above, are fragmented, hybridized with homologous nucleic acid fragments and the resulting hybridized nucleic acids extended using a polymerase. Other approaches such as in silico sequence recombination (in silico shuffling) and whole genome recombination (whole genome shuffling) (e.g., in conjunction with libraries of the relevant nucleic acids) can also be adopted.
  • In addition to the enumerated antibodies, other antibodies generated against, e.g., the targets used to generate the antibodies of Table 1 and 2, can also be used to generate new antibodies with similar activities. These antibodies are also desirably diversified (e.g., shuffled) using the techniques herein.
  • In one embodiment, antibodies are produced using naïve libraries of human antibodies or from cells isolated from humans which are immunized with a target of interest (e.g., cells isolated from patients suffering from a disease such as HIV infection or any other condition which results in production of antibodies to a target). For example, any of the relevant targets can be used to screen naïve libraries of displayed antibodies (e.g., naïve human libraries). Alternatively, the targets can be used to elicit antibodies in animals such as mice or rabbits using standard methods (see, the references cited herein).
  • One common recombination format, often referred to as “family shuffling” is practiced by recombining a selected nucleic acid with a homologous nucleic acid (i.e., for purposes of this disclosure, a nucleic acid with sufficient sequence similarity to permit physical recombination to occur between the nucleic acid at issue). Typically, homologous nucleic acids are at least about 50% identical, often 60% or more identical, generally 70% or more identical, and occasionally 80%, 90%, or even 95% or more identical. Such homologous nucleic acids can be components of a phage display library or can result from immunization of one or more animal with a given antigen. Alternatively, homologous nucleic acids can be members of gene families selected from the Immunoglobulin Superfamily, e.g., T cell receptor genes. Such nucleic acids provide a significant source of diversity in the antigen binding domain as well as contributing novel functional attributes.
    TABLE 1
    Name Origin H Source Target Acc/# Note
    2930 Invitron diagnostic
    (+aminoterin) Cytogen cancer
    (+doxorubicin) Suzlou Medical Inst., China RNA synthesis inhibito
    (+modified Research Corporation Technologie cancer
    diphtheria toxin)
    (+superantigen) Active Biotech cancer, other
    (+technetium-99-) mu Immunomedics cancer, diagnostic
    (BI-P-A) anti-myosin + Centocor myocardial infarction
    radiolabel imaging
    1209W95 GlaxoWellcome prostate, lung, gastric Ca.
    145-2.C11 Hoechst Marion Roussel GvHD
    14F7 Center for Molecular Immunology cancer, imaging agent
    17-1A mu Centocor cancer
    1A3 Invitron cancer
    1A3 mu Washington Univ. cancer
    School of Medicine
    1F7 Immpheron HIV, infection
    28-19-8 mu Eli Lilly carcinoembryonic antigen
    28A32 hu Akzo Nobel cancer, imaging agent
    2A11 Hybritech cancer
    2B-1 mu Chiron c-erbB-2/CD16 bispecific
    2B5 Temple Univ. plasma kininogen
    2F5 hu Merck gp41
    2G4 Invitron diagnostic
    33B3.1 mu Pastuer Merieux IL-2 receptor
    3622W94 GlaxoWellcome prostate, lung Ca.
    3C2 Invitron diagnostic
    3C9 IDEC AIDS vaccine
    3F8 Sloan-Kettering tumors, neuro; mel.
    4162W94 y GlaxoWellcome CD4
    42/6 mu Arizona Cancer Ctr. transferrin receptor
    45-9 Invitron diagnostic
    4B5 Novopharm idiotype, melanoma, sclc
    4G8 Senetek Alzheimer's diagnostic
    5A4 Invitron diagnostic
    5A8 y Biogen CD45
    5C8 y Biogen/Antova CD154
    5G6.4 Univ. of Michigan Med. Center cancer
    64G12 Pharma Pacific Australia transplant rejection, other
    791T/36-RTA Xoma cancer
    81C6 Duke University Medical Center cancer
    85RC1 Temple Univ. prekallikrein/kallikrein
    87RP1 Temple Univ. Factors, X!!, X!!a, X!!f
    90-yttrium antiferritin Hybritech cancer
    93KA9 hu Novartis V. zoster glycoprotein II
    A1-245 Meiji Milk cancer
    A5B7-cisplatin conjugate Glaxo Wellcome cancer, other
    AB19-4 Tanox anti idiotypic, HIV
    Abciximab mu/hu Centocor cardiovascular disease
    ABX-CBL hu Abgenix transplant rejection
    ABX-EGF hu Abgenix EGFR Xenomous
    derived
    ABX-IL8 hu Abgenix IL-8 Xenomous
    derived
    ABX-LSN y Abgenix LAM-1
    ABX-RB2 hu Abgenix CBL antigen Xenomous
    derived
    AD-439 hu/mu Tanox HIV
    AD-519 hu/mu Tanox HIV
    AIDS Nissin Food Products HIV
    AIDS Genelabs HIV
    AIDS Becton Dickinson HIV
    AIDS Kaketsuken HIV
    AIDS hu Nissin Food Products HIV
    AIDS Kaketsuken HIV
    AIDS (3H8) Centocor HIV
    ALG-991 y Allergene poison ivy/poison oak
    AML-2-23 Medarex CD14/CD15
    ANA vaccine Procyon Biopharma cancer, other
    anti-alpha-TGF NIH cancer
    Anti-Apo-1 GermanCaRsrchCtr. B cell tumor
    anti-B cell tumor hu U-BiSys B-cell tumors
    Antibacterial Hybritech gram negative bacteria
    anti-bombesin Hybritech cancer
    Anticancer Hybritech cancer, imaging agent,
    other
    anticancer conjugates NeoRx cancer
    anticancer vaccine Immpheron cancer, other
    anti-CCR2 LeukoSite arthritis, atherosclerosis,
    multiple sclerosis
    anti-CD11a mu SangStat transplant rejection
    anti-CD14 scFv U-BiSys cancer, other
    anti-CD18a mu SangStat transplant rejection
    anti-CD19/CD3 scFv Micromet cancer
    Anti-CD3H ra y Oxford Univ./BTG UK hum. CD3 Ag.
    anti-class II Univ. de Lille II diabetes
    anti-CTFG hu FibroGen fibrosis, other
    anti-CTLA-4 hu Medarex cancer, infection, other
    anti-EGF Hybritech cancer
    antifibrin(+tPA) Massachusetts Gen. Hospital thrombosis
    Antifibrotic hu FibroGen kidney fibrosis, transplant
    rejection, scleroderma,
    etc.
    Antiganglioside Nissin Food Products cancer, diagnostic
    anti-GM-CSF AMRAD Corp. arthritis
    anti-HER2neu scFv Micromet cancer
    anti-herpes hu EPlcyte Pharmaceutical Herpes virus, infection,
    other
    anti-HFLA-1 mu SangStat transplant rejection
    anti-HIV hu BMS gp120, pg41
    anti-HIV hu NYU Medical Center HIV, infection
    anti-HSV-I Glaxo Wellcome Herpes simplex I
    anti-idiotypic Alliance Pharmaceteutical AIDS vaccine
    anti-idiotypic hu Karolinska Institute cancer vaccine
    anti-idiotypic Texas Biotechnology vaccine
    anti-IFG-1 Glaxo Wellcome cancer, other
    anti-IL-12 Medarex
    anti-IL-15 hu Medarex inflammation, other
    anti-IL-2R American Home Products arthritis
    anti-IL-6 Centocor colitis, asthma, psoriasis,
    bone regeneration,
    osteoporosis, arthritis
    anti-IL-8 hu Medarex
    anti-LFA1 mu SangStat transplant rejection
    Antilymphoma Invitron cancer
    Antimelanoma Institute of Medical and Veterinary cancer
    Science, Adelaide
    anti-MHC II hu Genome Pharmaceuticals multiple sclerosis, cancer
    anti-myeloma scFv Micromet cancer
    anti-pan-B IDEC cancer, other
    anti-PCP Univ. of Arkansas Med. Sciences drug addiction, other
    anti-RSV mu NIH respiratory syncytial virus,
    infection
    anti-sperm EPlcyte Pharmaceutical contraceptive
    anti-T4 mu Univ. of Basel arthritis
    anti-Tac-PE40 NIH cancer
    Antithrombosis Teijin alpha 2 plasmin inhibitors
    anti-TNF mu Genetech GvHD
    anti-TNF Chiron septic shock
    Anti-TNF Mab mu Celltech Ch. TNF
    anti-uPAR Wilex Biotechnology cancer, other
    AuA1 Imperial Cancer Research Fund cancer
    B1 mu Coulter/SmithKline Beecham CD20
    B4 United Biomedical CD4/HIV complex
    B43 University of Minnesota CD19
    B72-3 Celltech Chiroscience cancer, diagnostic
    B96-doxorubicin Seattle Genetics cancer, other
    Basiliximab Novartis IL-2R bispecific
    BAT-123 Baylor College of Medicine HIV
    BBC-353 Hybritech cancer
    BC-1 Antisoma oncofetal fibronectin
    BD-95225 Sanofi-Synthelabo cancer
    BD-95325 Sanofi-Synthelabo cancer
    BIBH-1 Boehringer Ingelheim cancer
    bispecific enzyme- Immunomedics cancer, other
    drug coActive
    BIWA-4 Boehringer Ingelheim CD44v6
    BM12 hu Merck gp120
    BMS-181170 hu BMS group B strep.
    boron-conjugates Immunomedics cancer, diagnostic
    Bp-39 mu Bristol-Myers-Squibb cancer
    BR96 Seattle Genetics pancarcinoma single
    chain ab.
    BrevaRex AltaRex Idiotype, MUC-1
    expressing tumors
    BST-1004 BioStratum gamma2 laminin
    BT-072 Biotest HbB surface antigen 1+
    BT563 Biotest IL-2R
    BT-571 Biotest Rh(D) antigen 1+
    BTI-322 mu BioTransplant CD2 Proprietary
    BTI-322 MedImmune/BioTransplant CD2
    C11C1 Temple Univ. plasma kininogen
    C215Fab Pharmacia/Upjohn tumor specific Fab
    C225 ImClone EGFR
    C46 Nycomed Pharma/Cytogen CEA
    C5a neutralizing Chiron adult respiratory distress
    syndrome, spetic shock
    CA15-3 Centocor cancer
    Capiscint Centocor imaging agent
    Capromab pendetide Cytogen prostatic Ca.
    CAT-152 Cambridge Antibody Technology TGFbeta2
    CAT-192 Cambridge Antibody Technology TGFbeta1
    catalytic Igen cancer, septic shock
    CCR-5 sh KS Biomedix HIV
    CDP-571 y Celltech Chirosciences TNF alpha
    CDP-671 y Celltech Chirosciences PEM, polymorphic
    epithelium mucin
    CDP-833 y Celltech Chirosciences colorectal tumors
    CDP-835 y Schering Plough IL-5
    CDP-855 y Celltech Chirosciences MHC Class II
    CDP-860 hu Celltech Chirosciences PDGF-R
    CDP-870 Celltech Chirosciences anti inflammitory
    CeaVac mu Trilex idiotype
    CenC-18 Centocor neutrophil
    Centara y Centocor CD45
    CGP-62360 Novartis idiotype, melanoma
    ch14.18-IL-2 hu/mu Merck KGaA cancer, gene therapy
    chimeric hu/mu Teijin cancer
    chimeric Abbott cancer
    ChL-6 hum BMS br; co; ov; lu CA
    chTNT-3/B Techniclone cancer, other
    Clenoliximab mu p IDEC CD4
    CMA-676 y Celltech Chirosciences CD33
    COL-1 NIH colon Ca.
    Colostat-G GalaGen
    Corsevin M mu/hu Corvas Factor VIIa
    CTLA4Ig BMS B7
    CXCR-4 sh KS Biomedix HIV
    CY-1747 Epimmune P-selectin
    CY-1748 y Epimmune P-selectin
    CY-1787 Epimmune ELAM
    CY-1788 y Epimmune ELAM
    Cyotsyn CytoDyn AIDS
    CYT-103-Y90 Cytogen cancer
    Cytogen/Farmatalia Cytogen cancer
    Cytolin CytoDyn AIDS
    cytolytic Univ. of Texas trichomonas vaginalis
    antigen
    Cytovir Centocor cytomegalovirus
    D2E7 y Cambridge Antibody Technology TNF
    dacliximab y PDL Tac/IL-2R
    DD3B6/22 Agen Biomedical thrombosis, imaging
    agent
    EC-708 Biovation colorectal Ca.
    EMD-55900 mu(my. Merck EGF-R
    425
    EMD-56700 ImmunoGen cancer
    EMD-72000 y Merck EGF-R
    endotoxin American Home Products bacterial toxins
    endotoxin Chiron gram negative endotoxins
    Enlimomab mu Boehringer Ingelheim ICAM-1
    ERIC-1 ICRT glioma, neural cell
    adhesion molecules
    F105 Centocor
    FC-2.15 mu Fundacion Campomar breast Ca.
    FC-3001 (+111-In) Orion Pharma imaging agent
    FCE-27277 mu Farmitalia Carlo Erba TNF
    Felvizumab y Scotgen RSV SB-209763
    fibrin Centocor immunoconjugation
    FK-001/FK-5A5 hu Sumitomo psuedomonas aeruginosa
    exotoxin A
    FU1-74 Takeda fibrin/urokinase bispecific
    G-250 Centocor cancer
    G3.519 Tanox HIV
    G5-sFv Monsanto desipramine sFv fragment
    Gama-interferon Mab Centocor gamma interferon
    GI103 Cytogen gastrointestinal Ca.
    GivaRex AltaRex Idiotype, CA19.9
    expressing tumors
    Gliomab-H Novopharm brain tumors
    glycoside GD2 Meiji Milk cancer
    GNI-250 Sloan-Kettering tumors
    Gonorrhoea vac. (SMZ4) Univ. of Southhampton gonorrhoea
    Med. School
    GT-4086 Gliatech inflammation, other
    GW-353430 GlaxoWellcome CD23
    H17E2 Imperial Cancer Research Fund cancer
    H57-597 Hoechst Marion Roussel GvHD
    H65-TRA mu Xoma GvHD, diabetes,
    psoriasis, cancer
    HA-1A hu Centocor gram negative infections,
    endotoxic shock
    HCV-AB hu XTL Biopharmaceuticals hepatitis-C virus, infection
    HD69 Micromet
    HD69 hu Micromet cancer, other
    hepatitis-B hu Hybritech hepatitis-B
    Hepatitis-B Southwest Foundation hepatitis-B virus
    for Biomedical Res.
    HMFG1 VA Med Ctr. milk fat globule
    HMFG1 mu Cancer Therapeutics/Antisoma polymorphic epithelial
    mucin PEM-10
    HMFG-1 y Antisoma/ICRT epithelial tumors
    HMFG-1 Antisoma cancer, other
    HMGF1 Imperial Cancer Research Fund cancer
    HMGF2 Imperial Cancer Research Fund cancer
    hMN-4 mu y Immunomedics colorectal, breast Ca.
    HNK-20 OraVax RSV
    hPM-1 y Chugai IL-6R
    HRV14 Novartis human rhinovirus type 14
    hu1124 y Genentech/Xoma CD11a
    Hu1D10 y PDL HLA-DR
    Hu23F2G y ICOS leukointegrin
    Hu-901 Tanox allergy, other
    HuABL-364 mu y PDL lewis Y antigen
    huAnti-B4 mu y ImmunoGen B cell lymphomas
    huC242 y ImmunoGen mucin-type glycoprotein
    ag.
    HuDREG-200 mu y PDL LI-selectin
    HuEP5C7 y PDL P and E selectins
    HuHCMV16-2 y Scotgen CMV gpUL75
    HuM195 mu y PDL myeloid leukemia
    HuM291 y PDL CD3
    HumaLYM Intracel cancer
    HumaRAD Intracel cancer
    HumaRESP hu Intracel respiratory syncytial virus,
    infection
    HumaSpect Intracel cancer, diagnostic
    HumaT4 hu Intracel transplant rejection,
    arthritis, allergies, other
    huN901 y ImmunoGen sclc
    HYB-241 Hybritech p-glycoprotein
    hybrid tPA Celltech Chiroscience plasminogin activator
    stimulant, fibrino
    antagonist
    IA-29 Pharmacia Upjohn ICAM
    IC-14 ICOS septic shock
    ICM3 y ICOS ICAM-3
    ICR-12 ICRT/Taisho c-erbB2
    IDEC-131 y IDEC gp39
    IgG1b12 hu Scripps HIV
    IL-1 Genzyme IL-1 antagonist
    IL-2 Interferon Sciences IL-2 receptor antagonist
    IMG-BR-C ImmunoGen cancer
    IMMU-LL2 mu/hu y Immunomedics B cell lymphomas
    immunosuppressants Celltech Chiroscience transplant rejection,
    diabetes, arthritis, etc.
    immunotargeted vaccine Dartmouth College infection
    ImmunoTher Endorex cancer, diagnostic
    Infliximab ch Centocor TNF alpha
    Ior-c5 mu Center of Molecular Immunology o-linked glycoprotein
    Ior-cea1 mu Center of Molecular Immunology cell-bound CEA
    Ior-egf/r3 mu Center of Molecular Immunology EGFR
    Ior-P3 mu Center of Molecular Immunology N-glycosylated
    gangliosides
    Ior-T1 mu Center of Molecular Immunology hu CD6
    Ior-t3 mu Center of Molecular Immunology CD3
    J-695 y Cambridge Antibody Technology IL-12
    Junin vaccine USAMRIID Junin virus vaccine
    K-18 hu Kureha Chemical cancer, other
    Keliximab p IDEC CD4
    KS1/4-methotrexate Hybritech cancer
    KS1/4-vinblastine Eli Lilly cancer, other
    Kyowa Medex Kyowa Hakko cancer
    L-6 mu Bristol-Myers-Squibb cancer
    LDL haemoperfusion Invitron hypolipaemic/
    antiatherosclerosis
    LDP-01 LeukoSite beta2
    LDP-02 y LeukoSite beta7 integrin
    leptin Cambridge Antibody Technology obesity, diabetes, other
    LeuTech Palatin Technologies diagnostic, infection
    lipopolysaccharide Celltech Chiroscience septic shock
    LL2 y Immunomedics CD22 Bectumomab
    LM-609 mu Isxys/Scripps avb3 integrin
    LM-CD45 mu Cantab/Baxter CD45
    LM-IBD1 Cantab
    LS2D617 mu Hybritech cancer, imaging agent
    LY-6 Genetech cancer
    LYM-1 mu Techniclone cancer
    M1 Mab Accorda remyelinating
    M6b2 Xijing Hospital gastric Ca.
    MA-16N7C2 mu Corvas human platelet GPIIb/IIIa
    MaAb 5324 hu Novartis tetanus toxin
    Mab 170 Biomira breast Ca. /technetium-99
    Mab 174 Biomira head and neck Ca. /technetium-99
    Mab 206 mu y Scotgen Varicella zoster
    MAB 31.1 Purdue Pharma colon Ca.
    Mab 60.1 RepliGen Mac-1 integrin, CD11b
    Mab B3 NIH B3 antigen
    Mab B42.13 Biomira ovarian Ca. /technetium-99
    Mab B43.13 mu Biomira/AltaRex CA125 tumor associated
    ag.
    MAb + porphyrins QTL PhotoTherapeutics cancer, arthritis
    MAb1 + MAb2 Micromet cancer
    mAb-24 Innogenetics/Chiron B7
    MAK-195F mu Knoll TNF Fab
    M-DC8 Micromet cancer, infection
    MDX-11 mu Medarex myeloid leukemia, small
    cell lung Ca.
    MDX-210 Medarex Her-2/neu
    MDX-22 Medarex acute myeloid leukemia
    MDX-220 Medarex glycoprotein TAG-72/H22
    MDX-240 Medarex gp41
    MDX-260 Medarex melanoma,
    neuroblastoma, glioma
    MDX-33 y Medarex Fc receptor
    MDX-447 y Medarex/Merck EGF-R/FcgammaR1
    MDX-CD4 hu Medarex arthritis
    MEDI-488 MedImmune alphaV3 HIV-1
    Melimmune IDEC melanoma
    Melo-Derm Selective Genetics malignant melanocytes
    methotrexate CRC Technology cancer
    MH-1 Am. Biogenetic Sciences cancer, thrombosis,
    imaging agent
    Migis Tanox B cells, migis ags.
    MKC-454 y Mitsubishi Chemical c-erbB-2
    MMA-383 Novartis idiotype, Lewis Y ag.
    Monopharm-C Novopharm adenocarcinomas
    MR6 IC Innovations IL-4R
    MRA y Chugai IL-6R
    MRK-16 Ixsys/Hoechst Japan p-glycoprotein
    MRK17 Ixsys/Hoechst Japan p-glycoprotein
    MS-705 hum Mitsui P. auruginosa 1+
    muromonab mu Johnson & Johnson transplant rejection, other
    natalizumab y Elan VLA-4
    NG-1 hu Hygeia/Novopharm Neuroblastoma
    NM-01 mu Scotgen/Nissin HIV
    NOVOMAb-G2 hu Novopharm pancarcinoma scFv
    NR-CO-02 NeoRx CEA expressing tumors /rhenium
    NR-LU-10 NeoRx cancer
    NR-LU-10-PE NeoRx breast Ca. /Pseudomonas
    exotoxin
    NR-LU-13 NeoRx pancarcinoma tumors /rhenium
    NR-ML-05 NeoRx hu. Melanoma-
    ass.proteoglycan
    NR-ML-05 NeoRx cancer detection
    (+technetium-99m)
    NT1 Univ. de Lille II adenovirus
    OC-TR Centocor CD3/Mov18 bispecific
    OKT-1 Johnson & Johnson cancer, other
    OKT-10 Johnson & Johnson cancer, other
    OKT-11 Johnson & Johnson cancer, other
    OKT-4 Ortho T-cells
    OKT-5 Johnson & Johnson cancer, other
    OKT-6 Johnson & Johnson cancer, other
    OKT-8 Johnson & Johnson cancer, other
    Oncolysin B Immunogen cancer
    ONCOLYSIN M ImmunoGen cancer
    OVB-3 NeoRx PE toxin
    OX-19 Takeda allograft rejection
    P145 Biosciences Corp. cancer, diagnostic
    P256 Nycomed Pharma platelets
    PAB-240 ICRT p53 mutant
    Palivizumab y MedImmune RSV fusion protein
    PAM4 mu y Merck pacreatic Ca.
    parathyroid- Washington Univ. imaging agent
    imaging School of Medicine
    Pharmaproject No. 1891 Univ. of Utah oncogene protein p53
    Pharmaproject No. 1955 Cytogen cancer, GvHD
    pharmaprojects no. 1979 Institut Pasteur HIV
    Pharmaprojects No. 2026 hu Mitsubishi Chemical cancer
    pharmaprojects no. 551 Hoechst Marion Roussel contraceptive
    pharmaprojects no. 5856 Cambridge Antibody Technology therapeutics/diagnostics
    pharmaprojects no. 5861 hu Immunomedics cancer, other
    pharmaprojects no. 5868 Immunomedics restenosis,
    atherosclerosis
    pharmaprojects no. 5876 hu Abgenix
    pharmaprojects no. 5908 Seattle Genetics cancer
    pharmaprojects no. 5909 Seattle Genetics cancer, other
    pharmaprojects no. 5930 hu Abgenix
    pharmaprojects no. 5953 Medarex infection, other
    pharmaprojects no. 5990 Medarex
    pharmaprojects no. 6024 hu Millennium inflammation, other
    pharmaprojects no. 6063 Active Biotech septic shock
    pharmaprojects no. 6066 hu LeukoSite inflammation, other
    pharmaprojects no. 6131 hu Abgenix inflammation, other
    pharmaprojects no. 6132 Biovation cancer
    pharmaprojects no. 6168 Abgenix transplant rejection, other
    pharmaprojects no. 6174 hu Abgenix cardiovascular disease
    pharmaprojects no. 6175 hu Abgenix cancer, other
    pharmaprojects no. 6200 NIH infection, respiratory tract
    pharmaprojects no. 6212 AMRAD Corp. asthma
    pharmaprojects no. 6228 Inhibitex infection
    pharmaprojects no. 6256 hu Abegenix
    pharmaprojects no. 6288 Cytogen cancer
    pharmaprojects no. 6296 Protein Design Labs inflammation, other
    pharmaprojects no. 6302 Tanox inflammation, infection,
    other
    pharmaprojects no. 6314 Corixa cancer, infection, other
    PNU-214565 Pharmacia & Upjohn cancer
    PR1A3 mu y Antisoma/ICRT CEA
    progesterone Johnson & Johnson progesterone antagonist
    project no. D-0257 hu Yissum cancer, arthritis
    prostate-specific Corixa cancer
    PSA mu AltaRex cancer
    pseudomonas Teijin pseudomonas infections
    PSMA Biovation cancer
    Pylorlmune-G GalaGen Helicobacter pylori
    QUADROMA Quest Biotechnology anticancer
    therapeutics
    R3 Center for Molecular Immunology cancer, imaging agent
    ranpirnase Alfacell cancer, other
    RDC Research Development Corp. arteriosclerosis
    REGA-3G12 mu Rega Institute human neutrophil
    gelatinase
    RFB4 ICRT CD22
    RG-83852 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer cancer
    rhuMab-E25 y Novartis/Tanox IgE
    RNase-conjugate Immunomedics cancer, other
    rubella Research Corp. Technologie rubella virus
    SB-240563 y SmithKline Beecham IL-5
    SB-240683 SmithKline Beecham asthma
    SB-249417 y SmithKline Beecham Factor IX
    SDZ-ABL-364 mu PDL lewis Y antigen
    SDZ-CHH-380 mu/hum Novartis CD7
    SDZ-HSV-863 hum Novartis Herpes simplex1/2
    Sevirumab hum Novartis hCMV
    SF-25 Harvard Med. School colon Ca.
    Shigellin-G GalaGen Shigella
    SlgA/G Planet Biotechnology dental caries
    SM3 ICRT cancer
    SMA-6H9 sh KS Biomedix colon Ca.
    Sporidin-G GalaGen Cryptosporidium parvum
    SS(dsFv)-PE38 NeoPharm cancer
    SV2-61gamma mu Ajinomoto c-erbB2
    T101 Clin Midy T65
    T101 NIH leukemia
    T101 (+DOX, +MTX, Hybritech cancer
    or +RTA)
    T10B9 mu MedImmune transplant rejection
    T2G1s mu Centocor antifibrin Fab
    T2G1s hu/mu Centocor imaging agent
    T-88 Chiron gram negative bacteria
    TAb-250 mu Schering AG cancer, diagnostic
    TES-123 Chugai endothelial cell surface
    ags.
    TheraMAbs mu/hu Xoma hu cancer cell line C3347
    Thrombolitic Holtech Medical PAI1
    TI-23 Teijin human cytomegalovirus
    TI-57 hu Teijin Varicella zoster virus
    TM19 Avant TCAR-based
    TM27 Avant MS? TCAR-based
    TM29 Avant TCAR-based
    TM31 Avant TCAR-based
    Trastuzumab y Genentech Her-2
    TriAB mu Trilex idiotype, ovarian Ca.
    Triclonal Medimorphics CMV/HIV
    TriGem mu Trilex idiotype, malignant
    melanoma, sclc
    Tuvirumab hum PDL HbB
    TXU-PAP Wayne Hughes Institute
    UBS-54 U-BiSys cancer
    UCHL1 ICRT CD45RO
    UJ13A ICRT glioma, neural cell
    adhesion molecules
    UP4-33 mu Takeda GMP-140/urokinase bispecific
    vindesine conjugates Eli Lilly cancer, other
    WT1-ricin Imperial Cancer Research Fund Leukemia
    XomaScan-791 Xoma cancer, imaging agent
    XOMEN-0E5 mu Xoma septic shock
    Xomen-PS mu Xoma septic shock
    XTL-001 XTL Biopharmaceuticals HbB 1+
    YM-337 y Yamanouchi human platelet GPIIb/IIIa Fab
    ZD-0490 AstraZeneca colon CA /ricin
    ZME-018 + alpha-IF Hybritech cancer
    10C8 Igen
    125I-CC49 Neoprobe Corp. surgical management of
    cancer
    12B Igen
    15D8 Igen
    18B Igen
    1A Igen
    1C3 Igen
    1D Igen
    1E Igen
    2A Igen
    2A1 Igen
    2A4 Igen
    2A6 Igen
    2B Igen
    2F12 Igen
    3622W94 Glaxo Wellcome cancer
    3A Igen
    3B Igen
    3D Igen
    4162W94 Glaxo Wellcome arthritis
    4C2 Igen
    4D Igen
    4E Igen
    4E6 Igen
    5E Igen
    5T Igen
    6B Igen
    8T Igen
    9T Igen
    Abciximab Centocor cardiac ischemic
    complications
    ABX-CBL Abgenix Inc. GvHD
    ABX-EFG Abgenix Inc. cancer
    ABX-IL8 Abgenix Inc. psoriasis
    Antegren Athena Neurosciences Inc. multiple sclerosis
    Antegren Athena Neurosciences Inc. multiple sclerosis
    Antegren Elan Corp. Plc. inflammation
    Anti-CD18 Hoffman-La Roche hemorrhagic shock
    Anti-FLK-1/KDR ImClone Systems Inc. cancer
    Anti-HSV Protein Design Labs Inc. herpes
    anti-interleukin-5 Schering-Plough Corp. asthma
    Antithrombin III Rhone-Poulenc Rorer/Centeon sepsis
    Anti-VEGF Genetech cancer
    Anti-VZV Protein Design Labs Inc. shingles
    Antova Biogen idiopathic
    thrombocytopenic
    purpura; lupus
    Arcitumomab Immunomedics breast cancer imaging
    Arcitumomab Immunomedics cancer detection
    ATM 027 Avant Immunotherapeutics Inc. multiple sclerosis
    B4 United Biomedical Inc. HIV
    Basiliximab Novartis transplant rejection
    BAYX-1351 Bayer Corp. septic shock
    BEC2 ImClone Systems/Merck KGaA cancer
    BrevaRex AltaRex Corp. cancer
    BTI-322 MedImmune transplant rejection,
    steroid resistant GvHD
    C225 ImClone Systems cancer
    Campath Ilex Oncology Inc. leukemia
    CD40 Biogen inhibits factor VII antibody
    Cefditeron RTAP Holdings Inc. infections
    Ceprate SC CellPro Inc. stem-cell enrichment
    Citicoline sodium Interneuron Pharmaceutical Inc. ischemic stroke
    Clenoliximab Idec/SmithKline Beecham arthritis
    Cotara Techniclone glioma
    Cytogam MedImmune
    Cytolin CytoDyn Inc. AIDS
    Daclizumab Hoffman-La Roche transplant rejection
    Edrecolomab Centocor cancer
    Enbrel Immunex Corp. arthritis
    G250 Centocor cancer
    Graftskin Organogenesis Inc. surgical, diabetic ulcers,
    burns, pressure ulcers
    GW353430 Glaxo Wellcome arthritis
    HNK20 OraVax Inc. complications due to
    syncytial virus infection
    Herceptin Genetech
    ICM3 Icos Corp. psoriasis
    IDEC-CE9.1/SB2210396 Idec Pharmaceuticals Corp. arthritis
    IDEC-Y2B8 Idec Pharmaceuticals Corp. B-cell non-Hodgkin's
    lymphoma
    Immunoglbulin gamma E Genetech asthma, allergic rhinitis
    Infliximab Centocor/Schering-Plough Crohn's disease, arthiritis
    Infliximab Centocor arthritis
    Iodine 131 tositumomab Coulter Pharmaceutical Inc. cancer
    LDP-01 LeukoSite Inc. stroke
    LDP-02 Genetech inflammation
    LDP-03 LeukoSite Inc. leukemia
    LeuArrest Icos Corp. trama-induce
    hemorrhagic shock,
    multiple sclerosis,
    myocardial
    infarction, stroke
    LMY-2 Techniclone cancer, leukemia
    LymphoCide Immunomedics cancer
    LymphoScan Immunomedics B-cell lymphoma
    detection
    Mab conjugate Immunex Corp. leukemia
    MAK 196F Knoll Pharmceutical Co. sepsis
    MCA 14.2 Igen
    MDX-11 Medarex Inc. leukemia
    MDX-210 Medarex Inc. cancer
    MDX-22 Medarex Inc. leukemia
    MDX-220 Medarex Inc. cancer
    MDX-240 Medarex Inc. AIDS
    MDX-260 Medarex Inc. melanoma, glioma
    MDX-33 Medarex Inc. idiopathic
    thrombocytopenic purpura
    MDX-447 Medarex Inc. cancer
    MDX-RA Medarex Inc. secondary cataracts
    MEDI-500 MedImmune transplant rejection
    MEDI-507 MedImmune transplant rejection,
    steroid resistant GvHD
    MEDI-507 MedImmune psoriasis
    Melacine Ribi ImmunoChem Research Inc. melanoma
    MH-1 American Biogenetic Sciences Inc. angioplasty, dissolve
    blood clots
    Odulimomab Pasteur Merieux Connaught transplant rejection,
    ischemia reperfusion
    injury
    Oncolym Techniclone non-Hodgkin's B-cell
    lymphoma
    Oncaspar Enzon
    OrthocloneOKT3 OrthoBiotech HvGD
    OvaRex AltaRex Corp. cancer
    Palivizumab MedImmune Inc./Abbott syncytial virus diseases
    Remicade Centocor Crohn's disease
    Respigam MedImmune
    Rituximab Idec Pharmaceuticals Corp. B-cell non-Hodgkin's
    lymphoma
    SB 249417 SmithKline acute coronary syndrome
    Synagis MedImmune
    Smart ABL 364 Protein Design Labs Inc. cancer
    Smart Anti-CD3 Protein Design Labs Inc. transplant rejection,
    autoimmune diseases
    Smart Anti-E/P Protein Design Labs Inc. trauma, asthma,
    autoimmune diseases,
    stroke
    Smart Anti-L Protein Design Labs Inc. reperfusion injury, trauma,
    stroke, respiratory
    distress syndrome
    Smart M195 Protein Design Labs Inc. leukemia
    Smart M195 Protein Design Labs Inc. leukemia
    (+bismuth 213)
    Sulesmab Immunomedics osteomyelitis and acute
    atypical appendicitis
    detection
    T10B9 MedImmune Inc. GvHD
    TA-650 Tanabe Seiyaku arthritis
    Theragyn Antisoma Plc. cancer
    Theragyn Antisoma Plc. cancer
    TTMA Pharmacia & Upjohn Inc. cancer
    Votumumab Intracel Corp. cancer
    Antithymocyte globulin SangStat Medical Corp./Pasteur transplant rejection
    Merieux Connaught
    Candistat-G GalaGen Inc. thrush
    Diffistat-G GalaGen Inc. antibiotic-associated
    diarrhea
    Nabi-Altastaph Nabi infections
    Pylorlmune-G GalaGen Inc. Helicobacter pylori
    infection-associated
    complications
    B7 Idec Pharmaceuticals Corp. autoimmune diseases
    Cancer cocktail Centocor cancer
    CDP850 Celltech Group Plc. psoriasis
    CDP860 Celltech Group Plc. restenosis
    CMB401 Celltech Group Plc. cancer
    CMI-392 CytoMed. Inc. psoriasis
    CytoGam MedImmune Inc. cytomegalovirus disease
    OST 577 Protein Design Labs Inc. hepatitis B
    Primatized B7 Idec Pharmaceuticals Corp. inflammation
    Primatized CD23 Idec Pharmaceuticals Corp. allergic rhinitis
    SB 240563 SmithKline asthma
    SB 240683 SmithKline asthma
    Smart antigamma - Protein Design Labs Inc. autoimmune diseases
    interferon
    Sporidin-G GalaGen Inc. diarrhea in immuno-
    compromised patients
    Trastuzumab Hoffmann-La Roche cancer
    Tru-Scint AD Biomira Inc. breast cancer
    Tru-Scint AG Biomira Inc. breast cancer
    HeFi-1 Mu National Cancer Institute CD30
    M44 Mu National Cancer Institute CD30
    KOLT-4 Accurate Scientific CD28
    Clone 37.51 Mab Hamster Research Diagnostics CD28
    CD28.2 Mu Pharmingen CD28
  • TABLE 2A
    THERAPEUTIC ANTIBODIES ON THE MARKET
    How
    Name Company Indication Partner Developed? Approval
    ReoPro Centocor Reduce acute blood Lilly 12/94 
    clot related
    complications for
    high-risk
    angioplasty/coronary
    intervention patients
    Orthoclone OrthoBiotech Reversal of acute AHP, 6/86
    OKT3 kidney transplant Baxter
    rejection
    RespiGam MedImmune Prevention of AHP/Baxter 1/96
    respiratory synctytial
    virus in infants with
    bronchopulmonary
    dysplasia or history
    of prematurity
    Rituxan Genentech Non-Hodgkin's, low IDEC, 11/97 
    grad B-cell Roche
    lymphoma
    Zenapax Hoffmann- Prevention of kidney PDL PDL 12/97 
    LaRoche transplant rejection humanization
    Simulect Novartis Prevention of acute Ligand 5/98
    rejection episodes in
    kidney transplant
    recipients
    SYNAGIS MedImmune Prevention of RSV AHP, 6/98
    in premature infants Abbott,
    and Boehringer
    bronchopulmonary Ingelheim
    disease
    Remicade Centocor Crohn's disease Tanabe, 8/98
    including those Schering-
    patients with fistula Plough
    Herceptin Genentech Advanced Roche 9/98
    metastatic breast (outside
    cancer, where U.S.)
    tumors overexpress
    the HER2 protein
    CytoGam MedImmune Prevention of None  12/98??
    (CMV cytomegalovirus in
    immune kidney transplant
    globulin IV) patients for
    prophylaxis against
    CMV disease
    associated with
    kidney, lung, liver,
    pancreas and heart
    transplants.
  • TABLE 2B
    THERAPEUTIC ANTIBODIES IN CLINICAL DEVELOPMENT
    Development
    Product Indication Company Partner Status Comments
    Mab to TNF Rheumatoid Centocor Tanabe, NDA filed Chimeric
    (chimeric Remicade) arthritis Schering Plough 1/99 - Now
    in active
    review
    CroTab polyclonal Snake venom Therapeutic Altana NDA filed Polyclonal
    abs poisoning Antibodies 4/98 - Now
    in active
    review
    Mab to IgE Allergic rhinitis Genentech Novartis, Tanox Phase III Humanized
    Mab to IgE Allergic asthma Genentech Novartis, Tanox Phase III Humanized
    Mab conjugated with Non-Hodgkin's Coulter SmithKline Phase III
    Iodine 131 lymphoma Beecham
    (“Bexxar”)
    Mab to 17-1A Colorectal cancer Centocor Glaxo Phase III Murine
    (“Panorex”)
    Mab to CA125 Ovarian cancer, AltaRex None Phase II/III
    (“OvaRex”) epithelial
    Mab to CAMPATH Chronic Leukosite Ilex Oncology Phase III Humanized
    lymphocytic
    leukemia
    Mab to CD20 in Non-Hodgkin's Genentech IDEC, Roche, Phase III
    combo with CHOP Zenyaku Kogyo
    chemotherapy
    (“Rituxan”)
    Mab to CD20 Targeted radiation IDEC None Phase III Chimeric
    (“IDEC-Y2B8) therapy of non-
    Hodgkin's B-cell
    lymphoma
    Mab to CD33 Acute myeloid PDL Kanebo Phase II/III Humanized
    (“SMART M195”) leukemia
    Mab to CD33 linked Acute myeloid CellTech AHP Phase II/III
    to calicheamicin leukemia
    (“CMA 676” or “CDP
    771”)
    Mab to EGF Head and neck ImClone Merck Phase III Chimeric
    receptor (“C225”) cancer, squamous
    cell
    Mab to idiotype Lung cancer, ImClone Merck Phase III
    BEC2 small cell
    Mab to LYM-1 Non-Hodgkin's Techniclone Schering Phase II/III
    (“HLA-DR10”), lymphoma
    second-generation
    Oncolym
    DigiTAb Digoxin poisoning Therapeutic Altana Phase III
    in congestive Antibodies
    heart failure
    Mab to platelet Unstable angina Centocor None Phase III Chimeric
    gpIIb/IIIa (“ReoPro”)
    Mab to platelet Adjuvant therapy Centocor Lilly, Fujisawa Phase III Chimeric
    gpIIb/IIIa (“ReoPro”) with stents
    Mab to respiratory Pneumonia Peptide None Phase III
    syncytial virus, bronchitis caused Therapeutics
    intranasal by RSV (aka
    Ora Vax)
    Mab to leukointegrin Ischemic stroke ICOS None Phase III Humanized
    (“Hu23F2G” or
    “LeukArrest”)
    Mab T10B9 (“MEDI- Prevent graft vs MedImmune BioTransplant Phase III
    500”) host disease by
    ex vivo bone
    marrow depletion
    in leukemia and
    lymphoma
    patients
    Mab to LFA Prevent delayed SangStat None Phase III
    graft function Medical
    Mab Hu901 Anaphylactic Tanox None Phase I Chimeric
    reaction to Biosystems Humanized
    peanuts
    Mab to IL-5 Asthma, severe CellTech Schering-Plough Phase I
    (“DCP835” or
    “SCH55700”)
    Mab to CD4 (“IDEC- Rheumatoid IDEC SmithKline Phase II Primatized
    151”) arthritis Second-
    generation
    Mab to complement Rheumatoid Alexion None Phase I/II
    C5 (“5G1.1”) arthritis
    Mab to TNF Crohn's disease, CellTech None Phase II Humanized
    (“CDP571”) rheumatoid
    arthritis
    Mab to CD4 (“IDEC Asthma IDEC SmithKline Phase II Primatized
    CE9.1”)
    Mab to CD3 Transplant PDL None Phase I/II Humanized
    (“SMART anti-CD3”) rejection and
    autoimmune
    diseases
    Mab to CD4 (“MDX- Autoimmune Medarex Eisai Phase I/II Human
    CD4”) diseases
    Mab to CD40 ligand Immune Biogen None Phase II
    (“Antova”) thrombocytopenia
    purpura
    Mab to CD40 ligand Lupus nephritis Biogen None Phase II
    (“Antova”)
    Mab to CD40 ligand Systemic lupus IDEC Eisai Phase II
    (“IDEC-131”) erythematosis
    Mab to complement Lupus nephritis Alexion None Phase I/II
    C5 (“5G1.1”)
    Mab (“MDX-33”) Immune Medarex Centeon Phase II Biospecific
    thrombocytopenic
    purpura
    OncoRad Prostate cancer Cytogen None Phase II
    NOVOMab-G2 IgG Non-Hodgkin's NovoPharm None Phase I
    lymphoma Biotech
    NOVOMab IgM Melanoma, NovoPharm None Phase I
    malignant Biotech
    NovoMab-G2 scFv Non-Hodgkin's B- NovoPharm None Phase I
    cell lymphoma, Biotech
    recurrent
    Mab to CEA Therapy of breast, Immunome None Phase I Humanized
    colorectal, lung dics Radiolabeled
    and ovarian
    cancers
    Mab to CEA Therapy of Immunome None Phase I Humanized
    pancreatic cancer dics Radiolabeled
    Mab to EGF Head and neck ImClone Merck Phase II Chimeric
    receptor (“”C225″) cancer, refractory
    Mab to EGF Pancreatic cancer ImClone Merck Phase II Chimeric
    receptor (“”C225″)
    Mab to erbB-2 Solid tumors Chiron PolyCell Phase I
    NOVOVAC-M1 Melanoma, NovoPharm None Phase I
    malignant Biotech
    CEAVac Lung cancer, non- Titan None Phase I/II
    small cell and
    colon cancer
    CEAVac Colorectal cancer Titan None Phase II
    TriAB Breast, lung, Titan None Phase 2
    ovarian cancer
    TriGem Melanoma Titan None Phase I/II
    Mab to ideotype Melanoma ImClone Merck Phase II
    BEC2
    CDF-grafted LM 609 Halt angiogenesis Ixsys MedImmune Phase II
    in solid tumors
    LymphoCide Therapy of non- Immunome None Phase I
    Hodgkin's B-cell dics
    lymphoma
    BrevaRex Metastatic cancer, AltaRex None Phase I
    multiple myeloma
    CMB 401 Ovarian, lung CellTech AHP Phase II
    cancer
    Mab to VEGF Solid tumors Genentech None Phase II Humanized
    MDX-11 Acute myeloid Medarex None Phase II Bispecific
    leukemia
    MDX-22 Acute myeloid Medarex None Phase II Bispecific
    leukemia in bone
    marrow
    transplants
    MDX-447 Head and neck Medarex Merck Phase II
    cancer, other
    EGF-R positive
    MCX-210 Breast, colon, Medarex Novartis Phase II
    ovarian cancer;
    other HER-2
    positive cancers
    MDX-210 Prostate cancer, Medarex Novartis Phase II
    metastatic
    MCX-220 Cancer, TAG-72 Medarex None Phase I/II
    positive
    Mab, single chain Cancer Enzon Seattle Genetics Phase I
    Mab to CD18 Acute myocardial Genentech None Phase II Humanized
    infarction
    5G1.1 SC Cardiopulmonary Alexion Procter & Phase II
    bypass Gamble
    5G1.1-SC Acute myocardial Alexion Procter & Phase I
    infarction Gamble
    Hu23F2G; Myocardial ICOS None Phase II Humanized
    LeukArrest infarction
    Hu23F2G; Hemorrhagic ICOS None Phase II Humanized
    LeukArrest shock, trauma-
    induced
    ReoPro Acute myocardial Centocor Lilly/Fujisawa Phase II
    infarction
    IDEC-114 Psoriasis IDEC Mitsubishi Phase I Primatized
    MEDI-507 Psoriasis MedImmune BioTransplant Phase I Humanized
    CDP-850 Psoriasis CellTech None Phase I/II Human
    ABX-IL8 Psoriasis Abgenix None Phase I/II Human
    ICM3 Psoriasis ICOS None Phase I/II Humanized
    LDP-02 Crohn's disease LeukoSite Genentech Phase I Humanized
    and ulcerative
    colitis
    Norasept Crohn's disease, CellTech None Phase II Humanized
    rheumatoid
    arthritis
    Antova Immune Biogen None Phase II
    thrombocytopenia
    purpura
    Antova Hemophilia A and Biogen None Phase I
    Factor VIII
    inhibition
    OST 577 Hepatitis B and PDL Novartis Phase II Humanized
    liver
    transplantation
    Hu1124 Psoriasis Genentech XOMA Phase II Humanized
    Synagis; MEDI-493 Respiratory MedImmune None Phase I/II Humanized
    syncytial virus in
    bone marrow
    transplants
    CANDISTAT-G Oral and GalaGen None Phase I/II Polyclonal
    esophageal Oral
    candidiasis
    DIFFISTAT-G Antibiotic- GalaGen None Phase II Polyclonal
    associated
    diarrhea
    DiffGam Diarrhea ImmuCell None Phase II Polyclonal
    Bovine
    CryptoGAM Prevent ImmuCell None Phase I/II Polyclonal
    cryptosporidiosis
    Altastaph Prevent NABI None Phase II Polyclonal
    staphylococcal
    infection in
    neonates
    Antova MS Biogen None Phase I
    Antegren MS Elan None Phase II Humanized
    (Athena)
    LeukArrest MS ICOS None Phase II Humanized
    AnergiX MS Corixa None Phase I Humanized
    LDP-01 Kidney LeukoSite None Phase I/II Humanized
    transplantation
    and ischemic
    stroke
    ReoPro Stroke Centocor Lilly, Fujisawa Phase II Chimeric
    IC14 Sepsis ICOS None Phase I
    ABX-CBL Graft vs host Abgenix None Phase II Mouse
    MEDI-507 Graft vs host MedImmune BioTransplant Phase II Humanized
    MEDI-507 Transplantation MedImmune BioTransplant Phase I/II Humanized
    induction
    Antova Kidney Biogen None Phase II
    transplantation
    Antova Pancreatic Biogen None Phase II
    transplantation
    Zenapax Pediatric kidney Biogen None Phase II Humanized
    transplantation
    R-24 GD3 ganglioside, Memorial None Phase I Mouse
    anticancer Sloan-
    reagent Kettering
    2B2 GD3 ganglioside Genetic Bristol-Myers Mouse
    Systems Squibb
    IF4 GD3 ganglioside Genetic Bristol-Myers Mouse
    Systems Squibb
    MG-21 GD3 ganglioside Genetic Bristol-Myers Mouse
    Systems Squibb
    BW-494 Adenocarcinoma Behringwerke Hoechst Marion Phase I
    Roussel
  • Specific Selection Strategies.
  • As noted, any appropriate selection method in the art can be used to optimize antibody selection following diversification (e.g., by nucleic acid shuffling procedures). The following approaches provide examples of specific selection approaches.
  • (a) Selection for Increased Antigen-Binding Affinity.
  • There are several different approaches for affinity selection. One method uses soluble antigen as a competitor in the selection reaction. If the concentration of competitor is near the KD of the parent clone, then clones with increased affinity will be preferentially bound to the fixed antigen. Another approach is to reduce the concentration of matrix-bound antigen to a level at or below the KD of the parent clone, thus creating a preferential selection for higher affinity mutants. To avoid masking of epitopes by random binding of antigen to a matrix, selection can be performed in solution (Hawkins et al. (1992) “Selection of phage antibodies by binding affinity. Mimicking affinity maturation” J Mol Biol 226: 889-96). In this case, Fab-phage bind to biotinylated antigen in solution which allows capture by streptavidin-coated magnetic beads. An entirely different approach allows unrestricted binding of phage to an antigen-bound matrix, and higher affinity clones are selected by elution under increasing stringent conditions (Schier and Marks (1996) “Efficient in vitro affinity maturation of phage antibodies using BIAcore guided selections” Hum Antibodies Hybridomas 7: 97-105). In an alternative approach, a yeast or bacterial display system is used and binding to a fluorescent antigen of interest is evaluated by flow cytometry. Progressively decreasing antigen concentrations into the picomolar range results in selection of clones with increasing affinity.
  • (b) Selection for Increased Antigen-Binding Specificity.
  • Usually, affinity maturation is sufficient to produce an antibody that binds tightly to only one epitope on the desired antigen. Binding specificity can be monitored by ELISA assays against related antigens; by microscopic assays of labeled antibodies on whole cells, by competitive phage selection, (see e.g., Dennis. M. et al., (1994) “Kunitz domain inhibitors of tissue factor-factor VIIa, II. Patent and specific inhibitors by competitive phage selection.” J Biol Chem. Sep 2;269(35):22137-44), or other soluble competition assays, (e.g. Cunningham, B. et al, (1994) “Production of an atrial natriuretic peptide variant that is specific for type A receptor.” EMBO J Jun 1;13(11):2508-15, or by specific in vivo effects.
  • (c) Selection for Decreased Immunogenicity.
  • Whenever mutagenesis is employed, there is a chance that the resulting molecule will be recognized as foreign by the human immune system. Repeated backcrossing of an evolved antibody with a human clone by DNA recursive sequence recombination (e.g., shuffling) can reduce immunogenicity (see also, Crameri et al. (1996) “Construction and evolution of antibody-phage libraries by DNA shuffling” Nat Med 2: 100-2).
  • Furthermore, non-human antibodies can be humanized by repeated recombination (e.g., shuffling) of coding nucleic acids with human antibody genes, e.g., with libraries of human antibodies.
  • Additionally, antibodies can be modified to eliminate human MHC class II binding peptides within the antibody, thus, reducing the ability of human T cells to recognize fragments of the antibody as foreign. In cases where elimination of class II binding peptides results in a reduction in affinity, the affinity of the antibody for antigen can be improved using, e.g., DNA shuffling or other diversity generating and selection procedures, as described herein.
  • (d) Selection for Increased Stability.
  • Stability of an antibody a variety of buffer conditions, as well as after repeated cycles of denaturation and renaturation is of significant utility in the commercial production and application of antibody reagents. Candidate antibodies can be evaluated for their antigen binding and other properties after exposure to, e.g., buffers of different ionic strength and pH, denaturing agents. Furthermore, activity can be evaluated after multiple cycles of denaturation and renaturation, as well as after purification by any of a number of methods. Such evaluations can include among other parameters, assessment of folding rate and efficiency. Other desirable attributes such as column binding on/off rates, column durability, low non-specific binding, and the like are also suitable for selection by the methods of the present invention.
  • (e) Selection for Modified Effector Function.
  • Screening or selection strategies can be designed to optimize effector function as well as antigen binding. In these cases, assays which evaluate the constant or Fc region are applied. Such assays include in vitro assays, e.g., complement fixation, complement mediated cell lysis. Fc receptor binding, as well as in vivo assays conducted in model systems, most frequently, the mouse. In vivo assays which measure stability via serum half-life, clearance of toxins or other small molecules, or resistance to a pathogenic challenge can be used to select antibodies with enhanced functions.
  • Antibody-ligand binding in solution is often inadequate for neutralization or therapeutic application. Thus while improvements gained in affinity and specificity can drastically enhance binding properties, these improvements do not necessarily result in an antibody which provides enhanced functional capabilities. For example, to effectively destroy a tumor cell, an antibody must first be able to bind an antigen on the tumor cell with high affinity and specificity. It must then be able to mediate destruction of the tumor cell bearing the antigen. One well known mechanism of antibody-linked cell destruction is the complement mediated lysis pathway. This lysis process is initiated by the fixation of the Clq complement component by an antibody constant region, or Fc.
  • In addition to binding complement components, the Fc domains of the different antibody isotypes are bound by a family of Fc receptors, which mediate such functional aspects as opsonization and phagocytosis, and activation of natural killer cells in antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC). Numerous assays, known in the art, are available to evaluate the capacity of variant (e.g., shuffled) antibody and Fc domains to perform in one or more of these processes.
  • Applications of Antibody Evolution
  • Evolution of Novel MAb Magic Bullets.
  • (a) Targeting Antigens to Antigen Presenting Cells (APCs).
  • Antigen-MAb fusions can be a powerful means for targeting antigens to antigen presenting cells, such as dendritic cells (DCs). A rapid, specific and potent means of targeting antigens to professionalAPCs achieves a more rapid protective immune response, and a more robust immune response for a given dose of antigen, than is observed for standard immunizations. This effect is useful when rapid countermeasures are required, such as when the antigen-antibody fusion is used as a biological warfare counter agent or in an area of rapidly emerging disease, or where delivery of antigen is limiting as in DNA immunization or novel antigen delivery devices such as transdermal patches.
  • For example, the MAb N418 reacts specifically with an integrin present on murine DCs (Metlay et al. (1990) “The distinct leukocyte integrins of mouse spleen dendritic cells as identified with new hamster monoclonal antibodies” J Exp Med 171: 1753-71). The VH and VL sequences from N418 can be cloned into an antibody phage-display vector. Phage-Fab are produced and used to immunize mice. Immunization with phage-Fab is compared with wild-type phage and differences in the onset time of the anti-phage immune response could be monitored.
  • A human MAb that binds specifically to human DCs can then be produced. For example, large naïve human libraries are panned against human DCs, and specificity is monitored by cross-reaction to other human cell types. If additional diversity is desireable, then MAbs similar to the murine N418 could be generated, recombined and or mutated, e.g., shuffled, screened on human DCs, and then humanized for immunotherapy.
  • An alternative to MAb-antigen fusions for targeted immunization could employ MAb-phage-antigen fusions. By creating fusions between antigen and the phage proteins pVII or pIX (Gao et al., (1999) “Making artificial antibodies: a format for phage display of combinatorial heterodimeric arrays” Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 96: 6025-30), antigens can be displayed on the opposite end of the phage with respect to the gIII-fused FAbs. If the displayed FAb is specific to DCs, then the fused antigen can be effectively delivered. This process has the advantage that MAbs need not be subcloned into new vectors to create MAb-antigen fusions.
  • (b) Targeting of Immunostimulatory Sequences to APCs.
  • Filamentous bacteriophage such as M13 carry a circular, single-stranded DNA (ssDNA) molecule encased by coat proteins. Targeting Fab-phage to APCs affords a novel method of delivering phage DNA to lymphocytes. Delivered DNA can serve an immunostimulatory function, e.g. as a vaccine or therapeutic agent, as a result of certain sequence motifs that it may contain. Portions of the phage genome could be replaced with known immunostimulatory sequences (ISS) or by sequences that have been optimized for ISS activity by recombination or mutagenesis procedures, such as DNA shuffling. Typically, when oligonucleotides are used as ISS agents, they are prepared with phosphorothioate bonds to increase their in vivo stability. Phage can be grown in sodium thiophosphate to add phosphorothioate bonds to their DNA.
  • (c) Isolation and Evolution of Novel Tumor-Specific MAbs.
  • Antibody phage-display has been successfully used to isolate tumor-specific Mabs (Kupsch et al., (1999) “Isolation of human tumor-specific antibodies by selection of an antibody phage library on melanoma cells” Clin Cancer Res 5: 925-31). The technology platform herein can be used to generate novel MAbs specific to any tumor type. MAbs can be evolved for increased binding affinity, specificity, and reduced antigenicity.
  • Evolution of Novel MAb Antagonists.
  • Antibodies are antagonists of non-host molecules. MAbs can be generated against neutralizing epitopes of infectious agents, optimized by DNA diversification and selection procedures (e.g., nucleic acid shuffling methods), and used for passive immunotherapy. MAbs are currently being evaluated for passive immunotherapy of HIV (Parren and Burton (1997) “Antibodies against HIV-1 from phage display libraries: mapping of an immune response and progress towards antiviral immunotherapy” Chem Immunol 65:18-56), HSV (Protein Design Labs, Inc.), Hepatitis B (Protein Design Labs, Inc.), and others.
  • Major efforts are underway to design MAbs that inhibit normal cellular functions for therapeutic benefit, such as blocking specific receptors or their ligands. In fact, the majority of all MAbs currently in development fall into this category. One example is anti-TNF-alpha therapy for rheumatoid arthritis. MAb therapies currently exist (Infliximab, Centocor, Inc.) but can be improved by optimizing MAbs by molecular evolution as described herein.
  • Evolution of Novel MAb Agonists.
  • Ligand-induced dimerization or oligomerization of receptors is a well-established mechanism of signal transduction (Castellino and Chao (1996) “Trans-signaling by cytokine and growth factor receptors” Cytokine Growth Factor Rev 7:297-302). Many clinically important receptors utilize this mechanism, including growth factor receptors, G protein-coupled receptors, cytokine receptors and trophic factor receptors. Because antibodies contain at least two identical antigen binding sites, Mabs can mimic the oligomer-inducing signal transduction abilities of the native ligand. Using phage display, MAbs are selected to bind to selected receptors and evolved to enhance the activity of the native ligand. Further evolution can be performed to improve variables such as serum half-life, specificity, or immunogenicity.
  • Evolution of Novel Diagnostic MAbs.
  • There is a pressing need for improved methods to detect a variety of antigens. One example is the detection of biological warfare (BW) agents.
  • The antibody phage-display platform herein generates MAbs to many conceivable antigens, such as BW agents, and directed evolution (e.g., recombination and mutagenesis procedures such as nucleic acid shuffling in combination with appropriate selection procedures) optimizes their diagnostic capabilities. There is a considerable amount of interest in this field; as of 1999, DARPA and the DOD have pledged over $30 million to private companies to develop BW detection systems (BioCentury, 7:29), the most promising of which are antibody-based (Hock (1997) “Antibodies for immunosensors: A review” Analytica Chimica Acta 347: 177-186). An extension of this work is to optimize clinical diagnostics for established (HIV, hepatitis B, herpes, etc.) and emerging (hepatitis C, viral encephalitis, ebola, etc.) diseases.
  • Evolution of MAbs for Novel Functions.
  • Accessing Non-Human Diversity.
  • The references herein describe a variety of recombination (e.g., shuffling) protocols in which families of related sequence are recombined (directly as in DNAse mediated procedures) or indirectly (as in oligonucleotide and in silico shuffling procedures). These protocols are adapted to the present invention by recombining (e.g., shuffling) antibody genes or homologues from related species or alleles.
  • The repertoire of V genes from common donors (human, mouse, rabbit) can be expanded by recombining (e.g., shuffling) with V gene libraries from a wide range of vertebrate species shown to have an adaptive immune system (Litman et al. (1993) “Phylogenetic diversification of immunoglobulin genes and the antibody repertoire” Mol Biol Evol 10: 60-72). Immunoglobulin genes have now been sequenced from several uncommon vertebrates, including camel (Arbabi Ghahroudi et al. (1997) “Selection and identification of single domain antibody fragments from camel heavy-chain antibodies” FEBS Lett 414: 521-6), possum (Belov et al. (1999) “Isolation and sequence of a cDNA coding for the heavy chain constant region of IgG from the Australian brushtail possum, Trichosurus vulpecula” Mol Immunol 36: 535-41). chicken (Davies et al. (1995) “Selection of specific phage-display antibodies using libraries derived from chicken immunoglobulin genes” J Immunol Methods 186: 125-35, Yamanaka et al. (1996) “Chicken monoclonal antibody isolated by a phage display system” J Immunol 157: 1156-62), cow (O'Brien et al. (1999) “Generation of native bovine mAbs by phage display” Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 96: 640-5), salmon (Hordvik et al. (1999) “Molecular cloning and phylogenetic analysis of the Atlantic salmon immunoglobulin D gene” Scand J Immunol 50: 202-10), and many others.
  • Accessing the Diversity of the Ig Superfamily.
  • Sequences from other members of the Ig superfamily can be cloned and recombined, or recursively recombined (e.g., shuffled) with existing MAbs to provide additional diversity. A specific example is the use of sequences from the gene family ICAM-1 (CD54) that binds to lymphocyte function-associated antigen 1 (LFA-1, CD11a/CD18), complement receptor 1 (MAC-1, CD11b/CD18), and p150,95 (CD11c/CD18). More generally, sequences are derived from immunoglobulin homology domains of MHC class II genes or from many cytokine receptors known to share broad homology with Igs. Where sequences are not sufficiently homologous for direct recombination, indirect recombination methods such as oligonucleotide or in silico shuffling can be used.
  • The T cell receptor genes provide a particularly useful source of diversity. Like the antibody genes themselves, T cell receptors are encoded by a large multigene family which is subject to recombination in the generation of an intact T cell receptor. Also, similarly to antibodies, the T cell receptor has antigen binding as a primary function. To make use of this diversity, two general approaches are used. T cell receptor gene sequences can be provided as substrates for recombination and mutagenesis (e.g., shuffling) reactions as described above. Alternatively, T cell receptor genes are used to create display libraries which are selected for binding to a target of interest. The selected genes can then be recombined with antibody gene segments to produce antibodies with novel binding specificities. In addition, T cell receptor libraries are useful in the selection and optimization of novel, improved T cell receptors which bind to a target of interest.
  • T-Bodies.
  • Antibody genes have been used to replace the T cell receptor in order to allow T cells to be activated by binding to, for example, a cell surface protein via and antigen-antibody interaction rather than an MHC-TCR interaction (Eshhar (1997) “Tumor-specific T-bodies: towards clinical application” Cancer Immunology and immunotherapy 45: 131-136). Since MAbs are not naturally optimized for this application, recursive DNA recombination procedures (e.g., nucleic acid shuffling) are particularly useful for improving upon the reactivity of MAbs when fused to the TCR to improve upon the therapeutic uses of such T-bodies.
  • Modifying Antibody Effector Function.
  • The methods of the present invention provide a means of modifying the effector domain as well as the antigen binding domain of antibodies. The heavy chain constant region consisting of the CH2 and CH3 domains, and corresponding to the Fc domain derived by pepsin digestion of an antibody molecule, is the mediator of antibody effector function. The humoral immune response, of which antibody mediated adaptive immunity is one component, involves numerous other factors for the neutralization and elimination of pathogens. On one hand, the complement cascade directly and indirectly mediates the lysis of such pathogens as bacteria. In the classical pathway, the Clq complement component binds directly to the Fc domain of bound IgM or IgG resulting in the activation of a serine protease component. Proteolytic fragments of downstream complement molecules result in opsonization and subsequent phagocytosis and in stimulating a local inflammatory response. In the alternative complement pathway, complement components recognized by specific complement receptors, and bound antibody recognized by Fc receptors synergistically facilitate uptake and destruction of bacterial pathogens by macrophages and other phagocytic cells.
  • Various Fc receptors are present on non-antigen binding cells of the immune system such as macrophages, neutrophils, natural killer cells, mast cells and eosinophils. Through binding of Fc receptors, the functional attributes of the different cells bearing them are brought into play during an immune response. By increasing or altering the affinity of binding between an antibody and one or more of the various Fc receptors, the efficacy of an antibody can be enhanced. For example, by altering the binding coefficient of an IgG subclass for the Fc receptor, the concentration of antibody required for a therapeutic application can be decreased. In recent clinical trials of the therapeutic antibody, OKT3, prevention and treatment results were disappointing (Woodle et al. (1999) Transplantation 15:608). The effectiveness of this molecule was likely limited by the T cell activation properties of its Fc region. Fc variants with decreased Fc-receptor binding activity can rectify these poor results. The recombination and mutagenesis procedures described herein, e.g., DNA shuffling provides a method to produce and isolate such variants.
  • Fc fusion proteins, i.e., immunoadhesins, are being created and evaluated for a number of disease indications. Fc variants (such as shuffled Fc variants) with altered properties produced by the methods of the invention can be selected to improve these therapeutic reagents. For example, Christen et al. (1999) Hum Immunol 60:774, describe results of clinical studies of a TNF receptor-Fc fusion protein in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. The patients develop antibodies to the Fc region. The methods of the present invention are useful for generating recombinant (e.g., shuffled) Fc regions with decreased immunogenicity. Antibodies with reduced immunogenicity, e.g., that are humanized or otherwise lack B or T cell epitopes involved in the host immune response, can be selected for use as therapeutic reagents, thereby, avoiding or minimizing the host antibody response. Alternatively, Fc variants can be isolated that elicit a stronger Ab response or modulate the response in other, desirable ways.
  • In another study, IL-2/Fc fusion proteins were investigated for the treatment of autoimmune disease. The IL-2 moiety is proposed to target recently activated T cells, while the Fc region is thought to result in host T cell killing by both antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity and complement-dependent cytotoxicity. The methods of the present invention provide a means to improve both types of Fc mediated killing function of the IL-2 or other Fc fusion proteins, e.g., by increasing Fc receptor binding efficacy, or increasing activation of complement.
  • In yet another application, Yuan et al. (1999) Oral Microbiol Immunol 14:172, propose that an increased concentration of soluble Fc gamma RIII in periodontal lesions may limit phagocytosis and immune homeostasis in this disease. The DNA diversification (e.g., shuffling) techniques of the present invention can be used to generate and select therapeutic antibodies with reduced binding affinity of Fc receptors, providing an alteration in binding kinetics similar to that seen with administration of soluble Fc receptors. Production of antibodies deficient in Fc gamma RIII binding that result in a reduction in phagocytosis offer a potential reagent useful in treatment of periodontal lesions.
  • To modify the Fc portion of an antibody, CH2/CH3 domains, as either a fragment or in the context of an intact antibody, can be recombined and/or mutated (e.g., shuffled) according to any of the formats discussed herein. For example, recursive sequence recombination procedures such as nucleic acid, shuffling can be performed on nucleic acids corresponding to the Fc domain or to the entire antibody molecule. In the former case, an expression cassette designed to accept the CH2/CH3 region into a cloning site can be used to provide and/or express an intact antibody molecule. Screening can be performed by assaying any one of a number of biologically relevant functions, e.g., neutralization, opsonization, phagocytosis, complement mediated lysis, antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity, in vivo or by in vitro correlates which can be performed in a high throughput format.
  • For example, to select for improvements in the ability of an antibody to activate complement, an expression cassette incorporating an antibody antigen binding domain specific for a bacterial pathogen can be used. CH2/CH3 domain nucleic acids can be cloned into the cassette to give rise to antibodies specific for the pathogen with a variety of constant regions and an identical antigen binding specificity. After recombination, by any of the methods previously discussed, the resulting antibodies can be evaluated by a number of in vivo and in vitro methods. Pools of antibodies can be injected into an experimental host, such as a mouse, which is then subjected to a lethal pathogenic challenge. Improved survival rates conferred by the antibodies can readily be assessed. Alternatively, or in combination, in vitro assays measuring lysis of bacterially infected cells in vitro by antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity can be performed. High throughput formats for measuring Clq binding and activation of the proteolytic components of complement can also be utilized. Similarly, screening methods can be employed which evaluate Fc receptor binding, serum half-life, phagocytosis, or other functions specific to the antibody or application of interest.
  • Humanizing Antibodies
  • Detailed methods for known ways of preparing chimeric (humanized) antibodies can be found e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 5,482,856, and in a variety of standard texts, including e.g., Borrebaeck (ed) (1995) Antibody Engineering, 2nd Edition Freeman and Company, NY (Borrebaeck); McCafferty et al. (1996) Antibody Engineering, A Practical Approach IRL at Oxford Press, Oxford, England (McCafferty), and Paul (1995) Antibody Engineering Protocols Humana Press, Towata, N.J. (Paul).
  • Humanized antibody molecules of the present invention typically include 1) CDRs of light and heavy chain variable domains from a non-human antibody; and 2) light and/or heavy chain variable domain framework regions derived from and incorporating the sequence diversity of human light and heavy chain variable domain sequences of at least two different human subgroups, groups, families or classes of human light and/or heavy chain molecules, respectively.
  • Humanized antibodies are especially desirable in applications where the antibodies are used as therapeutics in vivo in human patients. Human antibodies consist of characteristically human immunoglobulin sequences. For example, humanized antibodies can be produced in trioma cells. Genes encoding the antibodies are then cloned and expressed in other cells, such as nonhuman mammalian cells. The general approach for producing human antibodies by trioma technology is described by Ostberg et al. (1983), Hybridoma 2: 361-367. Ostberg, U.S. Pat. No. 4,634,664, and Engelman et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,634,666. The antibody-producing cell lines obtained by this method are called triomas because they are descended from three cells; two human and one mouse. Triomas have been found to produce antibody more stably than ordinary hybridomas made from human cells.
  • In one useful embodiment, this invention provides for fully humanized antibodies against a target. These can be produced by diversification, e.g., by DNA shuffling or other recombination and/or mutagenesis procedures, of non-human antibody genes followed by humanization by standard humanization methods, e.g., in the references noted herein. In addition to such standard methods for humanization of antibodies, the present invention provides additional mechanisms for humanizing antibodies utilizing DNA diversification (e.g., shuffling) methods.
  • For example, the conversion of existing antibodies to more humanized forms can be performed directly by recombination methods, such as nucleic acid shuffling. In particular, using recursive sequence recombination procedures (e.g., shuffling), homologous nucleic acids are recombined (as described above, there are many different recombination and/or mutagenesis formats, including various shuffling formats). In the context of the present invention, human libraries of antibody genes (e.g., naïve or targeted libraries as noted above) are recombined with the gene(s) for an antibody of interest and the products of the recombination are selected (as noted in detail in the cited references herein, it is occasionally useful to recombine nucleic acids for more than one cycle prior to selection, and this approach is also appropriate herein). This process is recursively repeated, resulting in new humanized antibodies which comprise amino acid regions corresponding to the starting antibody at positions which confer activity, but which are otherwise humanized. Antibody coding nucleic acids can be sequenced and the information used to design additional recombination partners or to perform in silico recombination.
  • Briefly, the procedure outlined below can be used to generate a humanized Ig heavy chain variable domain incorporating variant or recombinant, e.g., shuffled, murine CDR amino acid sequences and variant or recombinant Ig heavy chain variable domain framework amino acid sequences. A similar procedure can also be used to prepare a humanized Ig light chain variable domain made up of variant or recombinant murine Ig CDR amino acid sequences and variant or recombinant human Ig light chain variable domain framework amino acid sequences.
  • First, a murine, or other non-human, antibody of interest (termed the “donor” antibody) is selected. Typically, selection is based on target binding characteristics. The CDR sequences for producing the immunoglobulins of the present invention can be derived from monoclonal antibodies, or, e.g., from antigen specific B cells, capable of binding to the predetermined antigen, and made by well known methods in any convenient mammalian source including, e.g., mice, hamsters, rats, rabbits, dogs, cats, monkeys, or other vertebrates, capable of producing antibodies. In some cases, the CDR sequences are diversified prior to recombination or assembly as described below. Source cells for the constant region and framework DNA sequences can be obtained from a number of sources, including, e.g., a variety of human cells, including naïve and mature B cells or B cell progenitors, bone marrow derived cells, B cell lines, B cell lymphomas, plasmacytomas, etc.
  • Typically, the amino acid sequences of at least the first three framework (“FR”) regions of the heavy chain variable domain of the donor murine Ig and the first two CDRs of the donor murine Ig are determined.
  • Starting from the N-terminal, approximately the first 100 amino acids of the N-terminal of the heavy chain variable domain sequence of the donor murine Ig are divided into three FRs and two CDRs as defined by the CDR definitions of both Kabat et al., SEQUENCES OF PROTEINS OF IMMUNOLOGICAL INTEREST, US Dept. Health and Human Services, NIH, USA, (5th ed. 1991) and Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol. (1987) 196:901-917, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety for all purposes. Using Kabat's numbering system for amino acid residues of an immunoglobulin, the amino acids of the CDRs and framework regions are as follows: CDR1 (amino acids 26-35); CDR2 (amino acids 50-65); FR1 (amino acids 1-25); FR2 (amino-acids 36-49); and FR3 (amino acids 66-100). Where the amino acid sequence of the donor murine Ig variable domain is greater than 66 amino acids, amino acid residues in positions greater than position 66 (e.g., amino acid residues 66-100 as in the present example) can be included in framework 3. Optionally sequences corresponding to CDR3 and FR4 are also included.
  • A library of sequences of framework regions of human Ig heavy chain variable domains is then prepared for diversification, e.g. recombination or recursive recombination, as follows: Using the Kabat numbering system, each murine Ig heavy chain variable domain framework amino acid sequence and murine Ig CDR amino acid sequence is aligned (e.g., by aligning electronically or manually) with all or a portion (subset) of the human heavy chain variable domain framework amino acid sequences and CDR amino acid sequences included in the Kabat database using the SeqhuntII program's Match function (http://immuno.bme.nwu.edu/scripts/websearch.tcl) or an equivalent alignment program. In some cases, it is desirable to elect a predetermined number of mismatches to insure that the final recombinant heavy chain framework region possesses a desired degree of similarity to the donor heavy chain framework amino acid sequence. For example, if the number of mismatches is chosen to be greater than or equal 0.35×the number of residues in a given framework, then the resulting recombinant heavy chain framework amino acid sequence is less than 65% identical to the donor heavy claim framework amino acid sequence.
  • Typically, 2 or more (most typically between 2 and 5) human Ig heavy chain variable domain framework amino acid sequences that are relatively divergent from the donor murine Ig heavy chain variable domain framework amino acid sequence (e.g., wherein the amino acid sequence of the Ig heavy chain variable domain framework is less than 65% identical to the amino acid sequence of the donor murine Ig heavy chain variable domain framework). These sequences comprise a set. The selected sequences can include members of a particular family, group, or subgroup of human Ig heavy chain framework amino acid sequences. In some cases, it is preferable to choose only those human sequences in the same subgroup for the set of sequences.
  • Using the selected set of human Ig heavy chain variable domain framework amino acid sequences, one or more libraries of nucleotide sequences inferred from the framework amino acid sequences are provided. In one preferred embodiment, the sequences are synthesized according to the following protocol: 1) the amino acid sequences of the set of human Ig heavy chain variable domain frameworks are artificially recombined such that the resulting polynucleotide includes elements from multiple component sequences and does not correspond to any single contributing sequence element; 2) if the amino acid residue of the murine sequence at any position differs from an amino acid residue at the same position of any one or more sequence of the set of human sequences, the murine amino acid residue at that position is not included in the synthesized polynucleotide, instead only an amino acid residue derived from a sequence of the set of human Ig heavy chain variable domain framework amino acid sequences is used: 3) the library is prepared by implanting (e.g., by cutting and pasting, hybridizing, ligating synthetic oligonucleotides, etc.) the amino acid sequences for the non-human, e.g., murine, CDR1 and CDR2 into their respective positions (i.e., based on Kabat numbering system) in each synthetically designed heavy chain framework amino acid sequence; 4) a library of degenerate oligonucleotide sequences corresponding to each synthetically recombined, e.g., shuffled, humanized heavy chain variable domain sequence in (3) is then synthesized. It will be appreciated that the same methods apply equally to as few as a single CDR in combination with two framework regions or to all three CDRs in combination with four framework regions. Furthermore, it will be understood that any method for providing fragments corresponding to CDR and framework region sequences can be used as an alternative to the synthetic oligonucleotides described in detail above.
  • Following a similar procedure, libraries of degenerate oligonucleotide sequences corresponding to humanized Ig light chain variable domains are designed using non-human, e.g., murine, CDRs and a set of human Ig light chain variable domain framework regions. In this instance, based on the Kabat numbering system, the murine CDRs consist of amino acid residues 24-34 (L1), 50-56 (L2), and 89-97 (L3) in human VL, with synthetically recombined framework sequences comprising the remaining portions of the humanized light chain variable domain.
  • The recombinant, e.g., synthetically shuffled, oligonucleotides in each library are then assemble to produce libraries of intact coding sequences for heavy and light chain variable domains, respectively. If desired, the assembled variable regions are further diversified by any one or more of the diversity generating procedures described or cited herein. These coding sequences are then rescued, e.g., by PCR amplification or digestion with a restriction enzyme and cloned into an appropriate display vector, e.g., a ScFv display vector for expression in a bacterial, yeast or mammalian, e.g., COS, cell. Alternatively, a phage display format can be used. For expression in bacterial or yeast cells, single chain antibodies are typically preferred. In mammalian cells, Fab fragments or intact antibodies are also favorably expressed.
  • In cases where an intact antibody is preferred, humanized heavy and light chain variable regions are cloned in frame with a human constant region, e.g., naturally occurring human immunoglobulin constant region from a corresponding Ig group or subgroup.
  • The synthetically recombined antibody sequences are then expressed either constitutively or inducibly, depending on the display vector selected, and the resulting antibodies are screened for binding and/or other properties. For example, the cells displaying the synthetically recombined antibodies are stained with a labeled antigen or ligand, e.g., labeled with FITC, rhodamine, biotin, etc., and sorted by flow cytometry using direct or indirect detection of the labeled ligand.
  • The antibody encoding genes are then recovered, (e.g., by PCR or other amplification method, or by cloning) from the positively stained cells. Optionally, the labeling and sorting process is repeated using decreasing concentrations of labeled ligand until a desired enrichment for high affinity clones is obtained. Typically 2-3 cycles of labeling and sorting is sufficient to produce a pool of high affinity humanized antibody clones.
  • At this point, further increases in affinity (i.e., “affinity maturation”) can be accomplished using, e.g., any of the diversification procedures described herein. For example, two or more of the “best” (e.g., highest affinity) clones are recombined in vitro or in vivo to produce second round libraries which are in turn screened, e.g., as described above using labeled ligand detected by flow cytometry. Alternatively, the best clones can be sequenced and and recombined in silico, or oligonucleotides can be synthesized and recombined as described above. The process of diversification and selection, e.g., by flow cytometry can be performed recursively a desired affinity is obtained.
  • The humanized antibody genes identified according to this procedure can then be cloned into secretion vectors and transfected into appropriate cell lines for expression of soluble antibodies or fragments. The affinities and/or avidities of the expressed soluble antibodies can then be measured, e.g., by ELISA, biacore, etc. Alternatively, the synthesized and assembled antibody sequences can be cloned into secretion vectors without screening and assayed directly for binding activity.
  • Optionally, a “benchmark” humanized antibody comprising donor non-human CDRs and the human consensus framework regions (as defined by Kabat et al., supra) is prepared for comparative purposes. For example, the benchmark antibody typically comprises: 1) a heavy chain variable domain of a donor non-human (e.g., murine) CDR1 and CDR2 amino acid sequences (occupying amino acid positions 26-35 and 50-65, respectively, using the Kabat numbering system) and consensus sequences for the human heavy chain variable domain frameworks FR1, FR2, and FR3 (occupying amino acid positions 1-25, 36-49, and 66-100, respectively, using the Kabat numbering system); and 2) a light chain variable domain comprising the donor murine CDR1 and CDR2 amino acid sequences (occupying amino acid positions 24-34 and 50-56, respectively) and consensus sequences for the human heavy chain variable domain frameworks FR1, FR2, and FR3 (occupying amino acid positions 1-23, 35-49, and 56-100 of the naturally occurring murine Ig heavy chain variable domain sequence, respectively. Optionally, the CDR3 and FR4 domains for both heavy and light chains are also included.
  • The consensus sequences of the human heavy chain and light chain variable frameworks are defined in Kabat et al., SEQUENCES OF PROTEINS OF IMMUNOLOGICAL INTEREST (5th ed. 1991), supra. All human light and heavy chain variable domain amino acid sequences are grouped into “subgroups” of light and heavy chain variable domain amino acid sequences, respectively, that are particularly homologous to each other and have the same amino acids at certain critical positions. The consensus sequence for a particular group or subgroup of related Igs comprises the amino acid which occurs most frequently at a particular amino acid position among the members of the Ig group or subgroup. If two amino acids occurs equally frequently at a particular position for a given Ig group or subgroup, either amino acid can be included in the consensus sequence. Kabat provides a list of the most frequent amino acids at each position in the human variable domain for each subgroup of light and heavy chains. See also Winnaker, From Genes to Clones (Verlagsgesellschaft, Weinheim, Germanu, 1987), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety for all purposes.
  • The benchmark humanized antibody can also include corresponding human heavy and light chain constant regions, e.g., if subsequent expression of an intact antibody is desired. Human constant region, nucleic acid sequences for use in preparing immunoglobulins of the present invention can be isolated in accordance with well known procedures from a variety of human cells, including naïve and mature B cells or B cell progenitors, bone marrow derived cells, B cell lines, B cell lymphomas, plasmacytomas, etc. (see, e.g., Kabat et al., supra).
  • The benchmark antibody is used for comparative purposes, e.g., to determine the relative antigen binding affinity or specificity of a humanized antibody of the present invention with respect to the antigen binding affinity or specificity of the benchmark antibody. If desired, the binding affinity of a selected humanized single chain antibody (ScFv antibody) can be compared with the binding affinity of a benchmark single chain antibody. Typically, the affinity of a humanized antibody produced by the methods of the invention is in the range of 4 times, or more, greater that the affinity of the original murine antibody.
  • The humanized immunoglobulins of the present invention offer a number of significant advantages relative to antibodies derived directly from human or non-human sources. Because the CDRs, i.e., the antigen binding site, are derived from a non-human, e.g., mouse, hamster, sheep, goat, monkey, etc., source, experimental immunization for the production of antibodies, including monocolonal antibodies, is facilitated relative to obtaining high affinity antibodies directly from human sources. Secondly, while the variable domain framework amino acid sequences are derived entirely from sequences of human origin, they do not consist exclusively of the human consensus framework amino acid sequence, providing additional diversity from which to recover humanized antibodies with high antigen binding affinity and specificity. Thirdly, a semi-rational design strategy is employed to produce synthetic heavy and/or light chain framework sequences in which no murine amino acid residue is used at any position in which an amino acid of any of the naturally occurring human light or heavy chain variable domain framework sequences (of the set of human relatively divergent sequences selected) differs from the amino acid of the murine variable domain framework at the same position. This strategy increases “humanization” without compromising functionality. In addition, the sequence of a humanized heavy or light chain variable domain framework amino acid sequence of the invention is typically less than about 65% identical to the donor heavy or light chain variable domain framework amino acid sequence, respectively. Alternatively, in another aspect, the humanized heavy or light chain variable domain framework amino acid sequence is less than about 95%, 90%, 85%, 80%, 75%, or 70% identical to the donor heavy or light chain variable domain framework amino acid sequence.
  • Humanized antibodies of the present invention have several advantages over non-human, e.g., murine antibodies or chimeric antibodies for use in human therapy. Because the framework of the variable region and the constant region of the humanized immunoglobulin is made up of sequences based on human-derived diversity, the human immune system typically does not recognize these regions as foreign. Consequently, the immune response of a recipient against the humanized antibody is frequently significantly less than the response against an antibody derived exclusively from a non-human organism, or a chimeric antibody containing foreign (non-human), e.g., variable region framework, components. Additionally, humanized antibodies, in particular those antibodies possessing human constant region domains, function more similarly to naturally occurring human antibodies, e.g., with respect to complement fixation, effector function, and the like. Effective treatment procedures for humanized antibodies more closely parallel those used for naturally occurring human antibodies than those procedures typically employed with murine, or other non-human, or chimeric antibodies which typically require higher and more frequent doses due to shorter half life of the murine or chimeric antibody in human circulation.
  • Coevolution of Antibodies and their Cognate Antigens
  • An aspect of the present invention relates to the coevolution of an antibody and its cognate antigen. Efforts at developing therapeutic antibody reagents are often hampered by poor antigenicity of the target antigen. This poor antigenicity is sometimes the result of the high degree of similarity between the target antigen and self antigens of the organism being immunized. In such a case, antibodies which react with the target and the self antigen are deleted from the antibody repertoire or are rendered anergic and are unavailable for recovery. Another reason for poor antigenicity is that the target may be an epitope which is available only transiently, for example, an epitope which results from a conformational change induced by binding of the antigen to a receptor. Another factor affecting antigenicity is the accessibility, or lack thereof, of the target epitope. Many antigens of clinical relevance are available only in minute amounts in their native state, and are difficult to isolate and purify. While expression of recombinant proteins often provides a solution, many recombinant proteins form insoluble aggregates in which the relevant antigenic epitopes are inaccessible.
  • Diversification procedures (such as DNA shuffling) are used in the present invention to address these and other problems to improve antigenicity of target antigens, thereby increasing the repertoire of the antibody response available as a substrate for directed evolution (e.g., shuffling) of antibodies. The application of DNA diversification and selection procedures (such as shuffling) for the coordinated improvement of an antibody and its cognate antigen is referred to herein as “coevolution.” Briefly, to apply antibody/antigen coevolution, a candidate antigen is selected from among any of the potential targets described above, e.g., tumor antigens, bacterial antigens, viral antigens. The DNA encoding the target antigen is then subjected to one or more rounds of recombination and/or mutagenesis according to any of the methods (e.g., shuffling) described herein. Libraries of recombinant antigen sequences are screened, and sequences encoding antigens or antigenic peptides with desired properties are selected. Desired properties include stability, solubility, and conformation among others. After an initial screen to select library members with desirable properties, antibodies which bind a selected antigen or selected pool of (e.g., shuffled) library members are raised or selected using the methods described above. The DNA sequences encoding these antibodies then provide the substrates for one or more rounds of diversification and selection, for example by DNA shuffling.
  • Methods of screening the recombinant antigen library are critical for the success of the coevolution process. Numerous methods are available, and are exemplified in the procedures outlined below. However, it will be apparent to one of skill in the art, that modifications or substitutions of alternative methods will also be applicable. The libraries of recombinant antigen sequences are typically large pools of DNA sequences, while a typical antigen suitable for immunization is an isolated or purified protein. Nonetheless, a number of approaches suitable for screening large libraries are available. For example, naked or conjugated DNA has been used to raise antibodies in a number of organisms, and has been effective as a vaccine in many cases. Pools of library sequences can be used to immunize a model animal, most frequently a mouse, and the resulting antibodies assayed for their ability to bind an informative target, e.g., tumor cells, bacteria, virally infected cells. Optionally, display libraries can be derived from the immunized animal for further evaluation and manipulation. Alternatively, the library DNA can be transcribed and translated in vitro, and the resulting polypeptides used as an immunogen. Another approach is to transform the library sequences and express them in cells. Depending on the vector selected whole cells or cell components can then be used as immunogens. In the case where an existing, albeit sub-optimal, antibody to the target exists, the existing antibody can be used to pre-select cells expressing evolved antigens prior to immunization.
  • Production of Broadly Neutralizing HIV Antibodies.
  • Tremendous effort has been expended in the last decade towards developing antigens which induce broadly neutralizing antibodies against HIV. Such an antigen is desirable in the development of vaccines against HIV. The most promising strategies to date have focused on the HIV envelope proteins gp120 and gp41. However, a number of difficulties have continued to plague efforts to produce broadly neutralizing antibodies to these envelope proteins. HIV rapidly mutates and recombines mutant sequences. Broadly neutralizing antibodies must therefore target highly conserved epitopes, of which there are few in HIV. The envelope is highly glycosylated and this is believed to “cloak” conserved epitopes from the humoral immune system. In vivo gp120 and gp41 form a trimeric complex on the surface of the envelope, and it is difficult to mimic this conformation in an antigen formulation. Additionally, this trimeric complex undergoes a conformational change after binding CD4 and CCR5, transiently exposing novel epitopes prior to fusion of the virion with the target cell. These conformational epitopes may be inaccessible to the humoral immune system by virtue of their transient exposure during the fusion process. Furthermore, the gp41 protein is difficult to express and purify despite repeated attempts. Recombinant gp41 from intractable precipitates when the whole protein or the N-terminal 51 residues are expressed.
  • The DNA diversification procedures (such as shuffling) described herein provide a means for evolving gp120 and gp41 homologues that can be tractably expressed either as protein or as DNA. Homologues of gp120 and gp41 which are stably expressed in conformations that elicit broadly neutralizing antibodies are selected using one or more prescreens. Candidates which are identified through the prescreening process are then used to immunize mice. The resulting antibodies are then themselves the subject of the diversification procedures, e.g., DNA shuffling of the invention. The following examples describe variations, and are for purposes of illustration rather than limitation, modifications and combinations will be readily apparent to one of skill in the art, and are included within the scope of the present invention.
  • In Vitro Evolution of a gp120 Envelope Cocktail Vaccine
  • A vector which utilizes a strong promoter derived from cytomegalovirus and the rev gene of HIV-1 is utilized to provide efficient transcription and stabilization of messenger RNA. Cloning sites are used to introduce gp120 sequences into the vector between the CMV promoter (5′) and gp41 encoding sequences (3′). Sequences derived from one or more isolates of HIV corresponding to the respective gp120 genes are cloned into the vector and diversified (e.g., shuffled) in vitro as described herein. The resulting library is screened as follows. Recombined and/or mutated (e.g., shuffled) sequences resulting in translation of an intact gp120 without termination or frameshift leads to synthesis of gp41 protein from the adjacent sequences. When expressed in CD4 positive human cells along with gp120, gp41 has fusogenic activity. To screen the diversified (e.g., shuffled) gp120 library, human 293 cells expressing CD4 are transfected with library plasmids. After incubation under appropriate conditions (37° C., 5% CO2) for 24 hours, fusion of the transfected cells is evaluated microscopically. Library clones which give rise to intact protein are then pooled for immunization. Complex library mixtures, typically comprising 5000-15000 members per 100 μg immunization dose, are then used to immunize a group of mice for subsequent evaluation.
  • Conformational Epitopes of gp41.
  • Two conformational states of gp41 are of interest in the induction of broadly neutralizing antibodies against HIV (Biochemistry (1995) 34:14961). The first of these is the so called “resting state” of gp41. Portions of gp41, such as the so-called N-terminal domain which forms a three stranded coiled coil, are highly conserved between HIV subtypes and feature of these sequences are conserved across all retroviruses (i.e. the three stranded coiled coil structure). Peptides derived form the C-terminal helix and stabilized analogs of this helix have been shown to have broadly neutralizing activity against many subtypes of HIV (Judice et al., Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. (1997) USA 94:1342). The current model suggests that the peptides can bind to the conserved groove on the N-terminal helix trimer and thus inhibit the conformational change involved in fusion to a CD4 cell. Thus antibodies that can gain access to this conserved coiled coil structure either in the resting state or at some point during the fusion event can effectively block fusion.
  • A second alternative is the “fusogenic” state formed by the three C-terminal helices packed against the coiled coil formed by the N-terminal helices. Biochemical studies on HIV fusion suggest that it takes about 20 minutes from the time the first envelope trimers undergo a conformational change and initiate the fusion process to the point that the HIV virion fuses with the target cell. During this period conformational epitopes corresponding to the fusogenic form of gp41 are exposed to antibodies.
  • The present invention provides for the recombination (e.g., shuffling) of gp41 gene fragments to generate recombinant gp41 homologues which encode polypeptides which correspond to the “resting state” and “fusogenic” conformational epitopes. Accordingly, DNA fragments corresponding to gp41 homologues can be recombined using any of the methods described in this application. Screening for the conformational epitopes is then performed, for example, by assessing the ability of recombinant epitopes to bind peptides or antibodies of interest.
  • The methods outlined above provide suitable antigen for the production of antibodies, and the sequences encoding them, to serve as substrates for the diversification (e.g., shuffling) methods of the invention. Optimized antibodies against HIV epitopes have great utility in the diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of HIV infection.
  • In addition, the DNA sequences encoding recombinant (e.g., shuffled) antigen, or portions thereof comprising antigenic peptides and epitopes produced by the methods of the invention can also serve as DNA vaccines. Furthermore, individual recombinant antigens can be expressed to provide material for protein vaccines. Likewise, pools of recombinant antigens can be combined to produce cocktails of recombinant antigens for vaccines. Such vaccines have utility in the generation of HIV neutralizing antibodies in humans.
  • Further Manipulating Antibody Nucleic Acids
  • One aspect of the present invention includes the cloning and expression of antibody coding nucleic acids. In addition to the many texts noted above, general texts which describe molecular biological techniques useful herein, including the use of vectors, promoters and many other topics relevant to expressing nucleic acids such as antibodies, include Berger and Kimmel, Guide to Molecular Cloning Techniques, Methods in Enzymology volume 152 Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, Calif. (Berger); Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning—A Laboratory Manual (2nd Ed.), Vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1989 (“Sambrook”) and Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, F. M. Ausubel et al., eds., Current Protocols, a joint venture between Greene Publishing Associates, Inc. and John Wiley & Sons, Inc., (supplemented through 1999) (“Ausubel”)). Examples of techniques sufficient to direct persons of skill through in vitro amplification methods, useful in identifying, isolating and cloning antibody coding nucleic acids, including the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) the ligase chain reaction (LCR), Q∃-replicase amplification and other RNA polymerase mediated techniques (e.g., NASBA), are found in Berger, Sambrook, and Ausubel, as well as Mullis et al., (1987) U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,202; PCR Protocols A Guide to Methods and Applications (Innis et al. eds) Academic Press Inc. San Diego, Calif. (1990) (Innis); Amheim & Levinson (Oct. 1, 1990) C&EN 36-47; The Journal Of NIH Research (1991) 3, 81-94; (Kwoh et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86, 1173; Guatelli et al. (1990) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87, 1874; Lomell et al. (1989) J. Clin. Chem 35, 1826; Landegren et al., (1988) Science 241, 1077-1080; Van Brunt (1990) Biotechnology 8, 291-294; Wu and Wallace, (1989) Gene 4, 560; Barringer et al. (1990) Gene 89, 117, and Sooknanan and Malek (1995) Biotechnology 13: 563-564. Improved methods of cloning in vitro amplified nucleic acids are described in Wallace et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,426,039. Improved methods of amplifying large nucleic acids by PCR are summarized in Cheng et al. (1994) Nature 369: 684-685 and the references therein, in which PCR amplicons of up to 40 kb are generated. One of skill will appreciate that essentially any RNA can be converted into a double stranded DNA suitable for restriction digestion, PCR expansion and sequencing using reverse transcriptase and a polymerase. See, Ausubel, Sambrook and Berger, all supra.
  • The present invention also relates to host cells which are transduced with vectors of the invention, and the production of antibody polypeptides of the invention by recombinant techniques. Host cells are genetically engineered (i.e., transduced, transformed or transfected) with the vectors of this invention, which may be, for example, a cloning vector or an expression vector. The vector may be, for example, in the form of a plasmid, a viral particle, a phage, etc. The engineered host cells can be cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for activating promoters, selecting transformants, or amplifying the antibody gene(s) of interest. The culture conditions, such as temperature, pH and the like, are those previously used with the host cell selected for expression, and will be apparent to those skilled in the art and in the references cited herein, including, e.g., Freshney (1994) Culture of Animal Cells, a Manual of Basic Technique, third edition, Wiley-Liss, New York and the references cited therein.
  • The antibodies of the invention can also be produced in non-animal cells such as plants, yeast, fungi, bacteria and the like. Indeed, as noted throughout, phage display is an especially relevant technique for producing antibodies. In addition to Sambrook, Berger and Ausubel, details regarding cell culture can be found in Payne et al. (1992) Plant Cell and Tissue Culture in Liquid Systems John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York, N.Y.; Gamborg and Phillips (eds) (1995) Plant Cell, Tissue and Organ Culture; Fundamental Methods Springer Lab Manual, Springer-Verlag (Berlin Heidelberg New York) and Atlas and Parks (eds) The Handbook of Microbiological Media (1993) CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla.
  • Integrated Systems
  • The present invention provides computers, computer readable media and integrated systems comprising character strings corresponding to diversified (e.g., shuffled) antibodies and antibody-encoding nucleic acids. These sequences can be manipulated by in silico shuffling methods, or by standard sequence alignment or word processing software.
  • For example, different types of similarity and considerations of various stringency and character string length can be detected and recognized in the integrated systems herein. For example, many homology determination methods have been designed for comparative analysis of sequences of biopolymers, for spell-checking in word processing, and for data retrieval from various databases. With an understanding of double-helix pair-wise complement interactions among 4 principal nucleobases in natural polynucleotides, models that simulate annealing of complementary homologous polynucleotide strings can also be used as a foundation of sequence alignment or other operations typically performed on the character strings corresponding to the sequences herein (e.g., word-processing manipulations, construction of figures comprising sequence or subsequence character strings, output tables, etc.). An example of a software package with GOs for calculating sequence similarity is BLAST, which can be adapted to the present invention by inputting character strings corresponding to the sequences herein.
  • BLAST is described in Altschul et al., J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410 (1990). Software for performing BLAST analyses is publicly available through the National Center for Biotechnology Information (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/). This algorithm involves first identifying high scoring sequence pairs (HSPs) by identifying short words of length W in the query sequence, which either match or satisfy some positive-valued threshold score T when aligned with a word of the same length in a database sequence. T is referred to as the neighborhood word score threshold (Altschul et al., supra). These initial neighborhood word hits act as seeds for initiating searches to find longer HSPs containing them. The word hits are then extended in both directions along each sequence for as far as the cumulative alignment score can be increased. Cumulative scores are calculated using, for nucleotide sequences, the parameters M (reward score for a pair of matching residues; always>0) and N (penalty score for mismatching residues; always<0). For amino acid sequences, a scoring matrix is used to calculate the cumulative score. Extension of the word hits in each direction are halted when: the cumulative alignment score falls off by the quantity X from its maximum achieved value; the cumulative score goes to zero or below, due to the accumulation of one or more negative-scoring residue alignments; or the end of either sequence is reached. The BLAST algorithm parameters W, T, and X determine the sensitivity and speed of the alignment. The BLASTN program (for nucleotide sequences) uses as defaults a wordlength (W) of 11, an expectation (E) of 10, a cutoff of 100, M=5, N=−4, and a comparison of both strands. For amino acid sequences, the BLASTP program uses as defaults a wordlength (W) of 3, an expectation (E) of 10, and the BLOSUM62 scoring matrix (see Henikoff & Henikoff (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:10915).
  • An additional example of a useful sequence alignment algorithm is PILEUP. PILEUP creates a multiple sequence alignment from a group of related sequences using progressive, pairwise alignments. It can also plot a tree showing the clustering relationships used to create the alignment. PILEUP uses a simplification of the progressive alignment method of Feng & Doolittle, J. Mol. Evol. 35:351-360 (1987). The method used is similar to the method described by Higgins & Sharp. CABIOS 5:151-153 (1989). The program can align, e.g., up to 300 sequences of a maximum length of 5,000 letters. The multiple alignment procedure begins with the pairwise alignment of the two most similar sequences, producing a cluster of two aligned sequences. This cluster can then be aligned to the next most related sequence or cluster of aligned sequences. Two clusters of sequences can be aligned by a simple extension of the pairwise alignment of two individual sequences. The final alignment is achieved by a series of progressive, pairwise alignments. The program can also be used to plot a dendogram or tree representation of clustering relationships. The program is run by designating specific sequences and their amino acid or nucleotide coordinates for regions of sequence comparison.
  • The sequence recombined (e.g., shuffled) antibodies of the invention, or coding nucleic acids, are aligned to provide structure-function information. For example, the alignment of recombinant (e.g., shuffled) antibody sequences which are selected against the same target provides an indication of which residues are relevant for binding to the antigen (i.e., conserved residues are likely more important for activity than non-conserved residues).
  • Standard desktop applications such as word processing software (e.g., Microsoft Word™ or Corel WordPerfect™) and database software (e.g., spreadsheet software such as Microsoft Excel™, Corel Quattro Pro™, or database programs such as Microsoft Access™ or Paradox™) can be adapted to the present invention by inputting character strings corresponding to variant (e.g., shuffled) antibodies (or coding nucleic acids), e.g., produced ( for example, by nucleic acid shuffling) by the methods described herein. For example, the integrated systems can include the foregoing software having the appropriate character string information, e.g., used in conjunction with a user interface (e.g., a GUI in a standard operating system such as a Windows, Macintosh or LINUX system) to manipulate strings of characters. As noted, specialized alignment programs such as BLAST or PILEUP can also be incorporated into the systems of the invention for alignment of nucleic acids or proteins (or corresponding character strings).
  • Integrated systems for analysis in the present invention typically include a digital computer with software for aligning or manipulating sequences, as well as data sets entered into the software system comprising any of the sequences herein. The computer can be, e.g., a PC (Intel x86 or Pentium chip-compatible DOS™, OS2™, WINDOWS™, WINDOWS NT™, WINDOWS95™, WINDOWS98™ LINUX based machine, a MACINTOSH™, Power PC, or a UNIX based (e.g., SUN™ work station) machine) or other commercially common computer which is known to one of skill. Software for aligning or otherwise manipulating sequences is available, or can easily be constructed by one of skill using a standard programming language such as Visual basic, Fortran, Basic, Java, or the like.
  • Any controller or computer optionally includes a monitor which is often a cathode ray tube (“CRT”) display, a flat panel display (e.g., active matrix liquid crystal display, liquid crystal display), or others. Computer circuitry is often placed in a box which includes numerous integrated circuit chips, such as a microprocessor, memory, interface circuits, and others. The box also optionally includes a hard disk drive, a floppy disk drive, a high capacity removable drive such as a writeable CD-ROM, and other common peripheral elements. Inputting devices, such as a keyboard or mouse optionally provide for input, from a user and for user selection of sequences to be compared or otherwise manipulated in the relevant computer system.
  • The computer typically includes appropriate software for receiving user instructions, either in the form of user input into a set parameter fields, e.g., in a GUI, or in the form of preprogrammed instructions, e.g., preprogrammed for a variety of different specific operations. The software then converts these instructions to appropriate language for instructing the system to carry out any desired operation.
  • In one aspect, the computer system is used to perform “in silico” sequence recombination or shuffling of character strings. A variety of such methods are set forth in “METHODS FOR MAKING CHARACTER STRINGS, POLYNUCLEOTIDES & POLYPEPTIDES HAVING DESIRED CHARACTERISTICS” by Selifonov and Stemmer, filed Feb. 5, 1999 (U.S. Ser. No. 60/118,854) and “METHODS FOR MAKING CHARACTER STRINGS, POLYNUCLEOTIDES & POLYPEPTIDES HAVING DESIRED CHARACTERISTICS” by Selifonov and Stemmer, filed Oct. 12, 1999 (U.S. Ser. No. 09/416,375). In brief, genetic operators are used in genetic algorithms to chance given sequences, e.g., by mimicking genetic events such as mutation, recombination, death and the like. Multi-dimensional analysis to optimize sequences can be also be performed in the computer system, e.g., as described in the '375 application.
  • A digital system can also instruct an oligonucleotide synthesizer to synthesize oligonucleotides, e.g., used for gene reconstruction or recombination, or to order oligonucleotides from commercial sources (e.g., by printing appropriate order forms or by linking to an order form on the internet).
  • The digital system can also include output elements for controlling nucleic acid synthesis (e.g., based upon a sequence or an alignment of a recombinant, e.g., shuffled, antibody as herein), i.e., an integrated system of the invention optionally includes an oligonucleotide synthesizer or an oligonucleotide synthesis controller. The system can include other operations which occur downstream from an alignment or other operation performed using a character string corresponding to a sequence herein, e.g., as noted above with reference to assays.
  • In Vitro Assays and Kits
  • The present invention provides commercially valuable assays and kits to practice the assays. In the assays of the invention, one or more antibody of the invention is employed to, e.g., detect a target antigen, identify a cell, neutralize an antigen, etc. Such assays are based on any known method in the art, e.g., ELISA, flow cytometry, fluorescent microscopy, plasmon resonance, and the like, to detect binding of an antibody to a target antigen.
  • Kits based on the assay are also provided. The kits typically include a container, and one or more antibody. The kits optionally comprise directions for performing the assays, additional detection reagents, buffers, or instructions for the use of any of these components, or the like. Alternatively, kits can include cells, vectors, (e.g., expression vectors, secretion vectors comprising an antibody of the invention), for e.g., the expression of an antibody of the invention.
  • In a further aspect, the present invention provides for the use of any composition, antibody, cell, cell culture, apparatus, apparatus component or kit herein, for the practice of any method or assay herein, and/or for the use of any apparatus or kit to practice any assay or method herein and/or for the use of cells, cell cultures, compositions or other features herein as a therapeutic formulation. The manufacture of all components herein as therapeutic formulations for the treatments described herein is also provided.
    • EXAMPLES Example 1 Affinity Maturation of a Human Antibody
  • Starting materials for artificial affinity maturation by DNA diversification and selection procedures can be derived from any of a variety of human and/or non-human donor sequences. In many cases, it is most convenient to utilize sequences corresponding to monoclonal antibodies derived from hybridomas. However, nucleic acid sequences derived from antigen specific, or even unselected or naïve B cells from immunized human or non-human donors can also be utilized.
  • For example, to produce a high affinity human antibody specific for a selected target antigen, one or more human derived antibody gene(s) are selected from, e.g., xenomouse hybridomas or naïve human antibody display libraries (e.g., phage display antibodies or other cell surface display formats including bacterial or yeast display formats) to provide the starting materials for artificial affinity maturation, e.g., by DNA recombination or recursive recombination, e.g., shuffling. Alternatively, or in addition, sequences from humanized antibodies can be used.
  • While sequences originating from naïve B cells, or libraries of sequences can be utilized, especially in cases where sequences from antigen specific cells are unavailable, it is often more desirable to use sequences derived from a target antigen specific cell, such as a B cell or hybridoma. Any target antigen, including protein antigens, carbohydrate antigens, cell fragments or fractions, viral particles, tumor antigen, etc., to which an antibody response can be produced using an appropriate immunization protocol is suitable for producing a target antigen specific antibody response. Similarly, B cells, hybridomas, and other antibody producing cells that are specific for a particular target antigen, e.g., as described above, can provide the starting sequences for affinity maturation by DNA recombination and mutagenesis procedures as described herein. Numerous protocols for eliciting a target antigen specific antibody response are known to those of skill in the art.
  • Human variable domain sequences that are similar or homologous (or substantially similar or homologous) to the variable domain sequences of the selected antibody gene(s) are identified, e.g., by hybridization, in silico sequence analysis, or other means. Typically, other variable domain sequences from the same or a related human V gene family, group, or subgroup are identified. The identified variable domain nucleotide sequences are then aligned with the corresponding variable domain sequences of the previously selected antibody gene(s). Degenerate oligonucleotides which capture the nucleotide sequence diversity of the identified sequences of the human V gene family, group, or subgroup are designed and assembled to generate libraries of synthetic (recombinant) sequences.
  • Most commonly, these sequences are then cloned into a cell surface display format (i.e., bacterial, yeast, or mammalian (COS) cell surface display; phage display) for expression and screening. A single chain format is typically preferred for bacterial and yeast display systems, while a Fab or whole antibody format can be favorably expressed in mammalian cells.
  • The recombinant sequences are transfected (transduced or transformed) into the appropriate host cell where they are expressed and displayed on the cell surface. For example, the cells can be stained with a labeled, e.g., fluorescently labeled, target ligand (i.e., antigen). The stained cells are sorted by flow cytometry, and the antibody encoding genes are recovered, e.g., by PCR or expansion and cloning, from the positive cells. The process of staining and sorting can be repeated multiple times, e.g., using progressively decreasing concentrations of the target ligand until a desired level of enrichment is obtained. Alternatively, any screening or detection method known in the art that can be used to identify cells that bind the target antigen can be employed.
  • The antibody encoding genes recovered from the target antigen binding cells are then recombined according to any of the methods described herein or in the cited references. The recombinant sequences produced in this round of diversification are then screened by the same or a different method to identify recombinant genes with improved affinity for the target antigen. The diversification and selection process is optionally repeated until a desired affinity is obtained.
  • The recombinant antibody genes produced by recursive recombination of progressively higher affinity antibody genes are then cloned into an appropriate secretion vector and transfected into a host cell for expression and production of the encoded antibody. The affinity of the soluble antibody can be measured using known techniques, e.g., ELISA, biacore. If the desired affinity has not been achieved, further cycles of recombination and screening can be performed, optionally incorporating diversity from additional sequence elements or mutagenesis procedures.
    • Example 2 Humanization of a Mouse Monoclonal Antibody
  • The methods of the present invention can be used to humanize mouse monoclonal antibodies. The following example illustrates selection of starting sequences based on a sequence alignment between a mouse monoclonal antibody with a desired specificity, and a group of related human variable region sequences. The specificity of the antibody selected, and the nucleic acid sequences encoding the selected antibody are not material to the present invention. Indeed, sequences encoding any monoclonal antibody, or even an antibody derived from a polyclonal serum for which the nucleic acid or protein sequence is known or can be determined, e.g., by clonal expansion and sequencing of an antigen specific B cell. Accordifran releasengly, the following example is provided as illustration and should not be interpreted to define the scope of the invention.
  • For example, the amino acid sequence corresponding to a mouse monoclonal antibody specific for tumor necrosis factor (TNF) alpha, is aligned with a set of related human antibody sequences, e.g., amino acid sequences inferred from human antibody encoding nucleic acid sequences of the same class and/or family (1. Dersimonian et al. (1987) J. Immunol. 139: 2496-2501; 2. Griffiths et al. (1993) EMBO J. 12:725-734; 3. Huang et al. (1992) J. Clin. Invest. 89:1331-1343; 4. Kasaian et el. (1994) J. Immunol. 152:3137-3151; and 5. Welschof et al., (1995) J. Immunol. Methods 179:203-214) as follows:
    1
    * EVKLEESGGG LVQPGGSMKL SCVASGFIFS NHWNMWVRQS PEKGLEWVAE
    1 Q.Q.VQ..AE VKK..A.V.V ..K...YT.T SYA.H....A .GQr...MGW
    2 Q.Q.VQ..AE VKK..A.V.V ..K...YT.T GYY.H....A .GQ....MGW
    3 Q.Q.VQ..SE .KK..A.V.V .RK...YT.T GYY.N....A .GQ....MGW
    4 Q...VQ..AE VKK..V.V.V ..K...STVT .YAIH....A .GQR...MGW
    5 Q.Q.Q...AE VRK..A.V.V ..K...YILT TYY.H....A .GQ....MGL
    51
    * IRSKSINSAT HYAESVKGRF TISRDDSKSA VYLQMIDLRI EDTGVYYCSR
    1 .NP..NSGN. K.SQKFQ..V ..T..T.A.T A.MELSS..S ...A....A.
    2 .NP..NSGG. N..QKFQ..V ..T..T.A.T A.MELSS..S ...A....A.
    3 .NT..NTGNP T..QGFT... VF.L.T.V.T A...ISS.KA ...A....A.
    4 .NA..G.GN. K.SQKFQ..V ..T..T.ANT A.MELSS..S ...A....A.
    5 .NP..SGGSG GNIHKFQ..L .MT..T.T.T ..ME.SS..S ...A..F.A.
  • Framework region (FR) 1 corresponds to amino acid positions 1-25; FR 2 corresponds to amino acid positions 36-49; and FR 3 corresponds to amino acid positions 66-100. Complementarity determining region (CDR) 1 corresponds to amino acid positions 26-35; and CDR 2 corresponds to amino acid positions 50-65. Dots indicate positions of amino acid identity between mouse and human sequences.
  • Amino acid sequences that are substantially dissimilar from the mouse sequence to be humanized are typically selected. In general, sequences that are less than 65% identical in any of the framework regions are utilized. A comparison of the 5 human sequences listed above to the sequence of the mouse monoclonal antibody yields the following measures of identity:
    1. FR1 = 48% FR2 = 57% FR3 = 56%
    2. FR1 = 48% FR2 = 64% FR3 = 56%
    3. FR1 = 48% FR2 = 64% FR3 = 56%
    4. FR1 = 52% FR2 = 57% FR3 = 53%
    5. FR1 = 52% FR2 = 64% FR3 = 56%
  • Oligonucleotides are synthesized that encode the amino acid diversity present in the aligned antibody sequences. At positions within the framework regions that differ between the mouse and any human sequence, the mouse residue is never used. Oligonucleotides encoding the mouse monoclonal antibody CDRs are then incorporated into libraries of synthetic oligonucleotides. Optionally, the CDR3 and/or FR4 regions are similarly aligned and corresponding oligonucleotides synthesized and assembled. In this manner, a library of full-length recombinant variable region sequences is assembled starting only with a set of sequence files corresponding to the non-human antibody to be humanized and two or more (distantly) related human antibody sequences.
  • Following assembly of the synthesized oligonucleotides into a library of full-length variable regions representing the sequence diversity present in the mouse and human sequence files, the variable region nucleic acids can be recombined and/or mutated, and selected according to any of the methods described herein.
  • While the foregoing invention has been described in some detail for purposes of clarity and understanding, it will be clear to one skilled in the art from a reading of this disclosure that various changes in form and detail can be made without departing from the true scope of the invention. For example, all the techniques, methods, compositions, apparatus and systems described above may be used in various combinations. All publications, patents, patent applications, or other documents cited in this application are incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent, patent application, or other document were individually indicated to be incorporated by reference for all purposes.

Claims (29)

1. A method of modifying an initial antibody, the method comprising recombining a first nucleic acid or character string encoding an initial antibody of Table 1 or 2, or a homologue or fragment thereof, with one or more second character string or second antibody coding nucleic acid or second homologue or second fragment thereof, thereby producing a library of nucleic acids encoding modified antibodies, or a data set of nucleic acid character strings encoding modified antibodies.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the recombining comprises recursively performing the steps of: recombining the first nucleic acid or character string encoding an initial antibody of Table 1 or Table 2, or a homologue or fragment thereof, with one or more second character string or second antibody coding nucleic acid or second homologue or second fragment thereof to produce a library of nucleic acids encoding modified antibodies, or a data set of nucleic acid character strings encoding modified antibodies, optionally performing a second recombination step in which the members of the library or the character strings in the data set are further recombined, selecting one or more resulting recombinant nucleic acids for a desirable trait or property, thereby producing first round selected nucleic acids or character strings and, performing a third recombination step in which the first round selected nucleic acids or character strings are recombined with each other, or with one or more additional nucleic acid or character strings.
3. (Cancelled)
4. The method of claim 2, further comprising selecting one or more resulting recombinant nucleic acids or character strings for a desirable trait or property.
5. The method of claim 4, wherein the trait or property is affinity maturation.
6. The method of claim 5, wherein the affinity maturation is ex vivo affinity maturation.
7. The method of claim 4, wherein the trait or property is increased affinity as compared to an antibody encoded by the first nucleic acid or character string.
8-9. (Cancelled).
10. The method of claim 1, wherein the recombination is performed in vitro, in vivo or in silico.
11. The library of nucleic acids produced by the method of claim 1.
12. One or more recombinant cells comprising one or more members of the library of claim 11.
13. (Cancelled)
14. An Ig expression cassette comprising: one or more cloning sites for heavy chain (VH) and light chain (VL) sequences; an encoded N-terminal fusion of VH and VL with an stII signal sequence; an encoded C-terminal fusion of VH and VL to human CH1 and a human CL regions; an encoded C-terminal fusion of VH/CL to a phage gIII protein; an amber stop codon at a CL/gIII border; and, a promoter selected from the group consisting of: a lacZ promoter, an alkaline phosphatase promoter, and an arabinose promoter.
15-27. (Cancelled).
28. A method of evolving HIV envelope proteins with improved antigenicity, the method comprising:
(a) providing a population of DNA fragments, which DNA fragments comprise at least one polynucleotide derived from at least one HIV envelope protein;
(b) recombining the population of DNA fragments to produce a library of recombinant DNA segments;
(c) optionally repeating the recombining of steps (a) and (b) one or more times;
(d) screening the library of recombinant DNA fragments to identify at least one recombinant DNA segment encoding an evolved HIV envelope protein which has acquired or evolved a desired property;
(e) repeating the recombining of steps (a) through (d) until the evolved HIV envelope protein has acquired the desired property.
29-31. (Cancelled).
32. A library of recombinant HIV envelope protein genes produced by the method of claim 28.
33-54. (Cancelled).
55. A method of providing a population of recombinant anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acids, the method comprising:
hybridizing a set of overlapping anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acid fragments; and,
elongating the set of hybridized overlapping anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acid fragments, thereby providing the population of recombinant anti-enterotoxin monoclonal antibody nucleic acids.
56-72. (Cancelled).
73. A method for modifying the effector function of an antibody, the method comprising:
(a) providing at least one nucleic acid derived from at least one immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region;
(b) recombining the at least one nucleic acid to produce a library of recombinant immunoglobulin constant region nucleic acids;
(c) optionally repeating the recombination process of steps (a) and (b) one or more times;
(d) selecting at least one recombinant immunoglobulin constant region nucleic acid encoding a Fc region with a desired property;
(e) optionally repeating steps (a) through (d) one or more time until the Fc region has acquired a desired property.
74-76. (Cancelled).
77. The method of claim 73, comprising selecting the at least one recombinant immunoglobulin constant region nucleic acid in vitro.
78. The method of claim 77, wherein the selecting is performed by an assay selected from: Fc receptor binding, complement fixation, complement mediated cell lysis, and activation of a proteolytic complement component, and flow cytometry.
79. The method of claim 73, comprising selecting selecting the at least one recombinant immunoglobulin constant region nucleic acid in vivo.
80. The method of claim 79, wherein the selecting is performed by an assay selected from: serum half-life, pathogenic challenge, toxin neutralization, small molecule clearance, half-life extension of a protein pharmaceutical, and tumorigenesis.
81. The method of claim 73, wherein the desired property is selected from among: Kd of Fc receptor binding, Kd of Clq binding, and activation of Clq proteolytic activity.
82. A method of humanizing an antibody, the method comprising:
(i) selecting at least one non-human antibody with a desired antigen binding specificity;
(ii) determining or inferring the amino acid sequence of the variable domain of the selected antibody;
(iii) aligning a plurality of human antibody amino acid sequences with the amino acid sequence of the variable domain of the selected antibody;
(iv) providing oligonucleotides corresponding to at least one CDR domain of the non-human antibody and at least two corresponding variable domain framework regions of the human antibody sequences;
(v) producing at least one library of synthetically shuffled humanized antibody sequences by randomly assembling the at least one CDR sequence with the at least two framework region sequences maintaining amino acid positions relative to the plurality of human antibody amino acid sequences.
83-88. (Cancelled)
US10/686,945 1999-11-03 2003-10-16 Antibody diversity generation Abandoned US20050038232A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/686,945 US20050038232A1 (en) 1999-11-03 2003-10-16 Antibody diversity generation
US12/026,412 US8252727B2 (en) 1999-11-03 2008-02-05 Antibody diversity generation

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16337099P 1999-11-03 1999-11-03
US17600200P 2000-01-12 2000-01-12
US70446900A 2000-11-01 2000-11-01
US10/686,945 US20050038232A1 (en) 1999-11-03 2003-10-16 Antibody diversity generation

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US70446900A Continuation 1999-11-03 2000-11-01

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/026,412 Continuation US8252727B2 (en) 1999-11-03 2008-02-05 Antibody diversity generation

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20050038232A1 true US20050038232A1 (en) 2005-02-17

Family

ID=26859591

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/686,945 Abandoned US20050038232A1 (en) 1999-11-03 2003-10-16 Antibody diversity generation
US12/026,412 Expired - Fee Related US8252727B2 (en) 1999-11-03 2008-02-05 Antibody diversity generation

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/026,412 Expired - Fee Related US8252727B2 (en) 1999-11-03 2008-02-05 Antibody diversity generation

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (2) US20050038232A1 (en)
EP (1) EP1230269A2 (en)
AU (1) AU1456101A (en)
WO (1) WO2001032712A2 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040146976A1 (en) * 1996-05-31 2004-07-29 Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Yeast cell surface display of proteins and uses thereof
US20040146952A1 (en) * 1998-01-20 2004-07-29 Kranz David M. High affinity TCR proteins and methods
WO2006114700A3 (en) * 2005-04-26 2007-04-26 Bioren Inc Method of producing human igg antibodies with enhanced effector functions
WO2009023731A1 (en) * 2007-08-13 2009-02-19 Sunrez Corporation Compositions for neutralization and decontamination of toxic chemical and biological agents
US20110236378A1 (en) * 2008-09-30 2011-09-29 Ablexis, Llc Non-human mammals for the production of chimeric antibodies
US20130167256A1 (en) * 2010-03-31 2013-06-27 Ablexis Llc Genetic engineering of non-human animals for the production of chimeric antibodies

Families Citing this family (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6537776B1 (en) 1999-06-14 2003-03-25 Diversa Corporation Synthetic ligation reassembly in directed evolution
US6764835B2 (en) 1995-12-07 2004-07-20 Diversa Corporation Saturation mutageneis in directed evolution
HUP0402333A3 (en) * 2001-11-12 2007-05-02 Merck Patent Gmbh Modified anti-tnf alpha antibody
GB0202206D0 (en) * 2002-01-31 2002-03-20 Bioinvent Int Ab Method of making libraries of anti-ligands
US20040067534A1 (en) * 2002-10-08 2004-04-08 Simon Delagrave Methods of preparing improved agents by coevolution
WO2004039845A1 (en) * 2002-10-31 2004-05-13 Universita'degli Studi Di Roma 'la Sapienza' Antimicrobial lipase antibodies their nucleotide and aminoacid sequences and uses thereof
AU2004205684A1 (en) 2003-01-23 2004-08-05 Genentech, Inc. Methods for producing humanized antibodies and improving yield of antibodies or antigen binding fragments in cell culture
DE10303974A1 (en) 2003-01-31 2004-08-05 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Amyloid β (1-42) oligomers, process for their preparation and their use
CA2534077A1 (en) * 2003-07-29 2005-02-10 Morphotek Inc. Antibodies and methods for generating genetically altered antibodies with enhanced effector function
WO2006023144A2 (en) 2004-07-06 2006-03-02 Bioren Inc. Look-through mutagenesis for developing altered polypeptides with enhanced properties
KR20180058863A (en) 2005-11-30 2018-06-01 애브비 인코포레이티드 Monoclonal antibodies against amyloid beta protein and uses thereof
US8691224B2 (en) 2005-11-30 2014-04-08 Abbvie Inc. Anti-Aβ globulomer 5F7 antibodies
US8455626B2 (en) 2006-11-30 2013-06-04 Abbott Laboratories Aβ conformer selective anti-aβ globulomer monoclonal antibodies
US20100311767A1 (en) 2007-02-27 2010-12-09 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Method for the treatment of amyloidoses
EP2282769A4 (en) 2008-04-29 2012-04-25 Abbott Lab Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
KR20110016959A (en) 2008-06-03 2011-02-18 아보트 러보러터리즈 Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
JP2011523853A (en) 2008-06-03 2011-08-25 アボット・ラボラトリーズ Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
SG192489A1 (en) 2008-07-08 2013-08-30 Abbott Lab Prostaglandin e2 dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US9079942B2 (en) * 2009-02-09 2015-07-14 Epitomics, Inc. CDR-anchored amplification method
US20100317539A1 (en) * 2009-06-12 2010-12-16 Guo-Liang Yu Library of Engineered-Antibody Producing Cells
US20120183477A1 (en) * 2009-06-26 2012-07-19 Five Prime Therapeutics, Inc. Therapeutic Antibody Target Validation and Screening In Vivo
SG178602A1 (en) 2009-09-01 2012-04-27 Abbott Lab Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US8293483B2 (en) 2009-09-11 2012-10-23 Epitomics, Inc. Method for identifying lineage-related antibodies
BR112012008833A2 (en) 2009-10-15 2015-09-08 Abbott Lab double variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
UY32979A (en) 2009-10-28 2011-02-28 Abbott Lab IMMUNOGLOBULINS WITH DUAL VARIABLE DOMAIN AND USES OF THE SAME
US8987419B2 (en) 2010-04-15 2015-03-24 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Amyloid-beta binding proteins
MX341579B (en) 2010-08-03 2016-08-25 Abbvie Inc * Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof.
CN103298833B (en) 2010-08-14 2015-12-16 Abbvie公司 Amyloid beta associated proteins
AU2011293253B2 (en) 2010-08-26 2014-12-11 Abbvie Inc. Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
CA2823044C (en) 2010-12-31 2022-08-16 Jay M. Short Express humanization of antibodies
CA2861610A1 (en) 2011-12-30 2013-07-04 Abbvie Inc. Dual specific binding proteins directed against il-13 and/or il-17
TW202210507A (en) 2012-11-01 2022-03-16 美商艾伯維有限公司 Anti-vegf/dll4 dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US9062108B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-06-23 Abbvie Inc. Dual specific binding proteins directed against IL-1 and/or IL-17
CN107577941B (en) * 2013-12-20 2020-08-28 奇安信科技集团股份有限公司 Method and equipment for intercepting code bypass
US10093733B2 (en) 2014-12-11 2018-10-09 Abbvie Inc. LRP-8 binding dual variable domain immunoglobulin proteins
WO2016187101A2 (en) 2015-05-21 2016-11-24 Full Spectrum Genetics, Inc. Method of improving characteristics of proteins
TW201710286A (en) 2015-06-15 2017-03-16 艾伯維有限公司 Binding proteins against VEGF, PDGF, and/or their receptors
WO2023064955A1 (en) 2021-10-15 2023-04-20 Cytomx Therapeutics, Inc. Activatable anti-cd3, anti-egfr, heteromultimeric bispecific polypeptide complex
CA3234609A1 (en) 2021-10-15 2023-04-20 Leila M. BOUSTANY Activatable polypeptide complex
TW202323282A (en) 2021-10-15 2023-06-16 美商賽特艾克斯生物製藥公司 Activatable polypeptide complex

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4634666A (en) * 1984-01-06 1987-01-06 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Human-murine hybridoma fusion partner
US4634664A (en) * 1982-01-22 1987-01-06 Sandoz Ltd. Process for the production of human mono-clonal antibodies
US5756316A (en) * 1995-11-02 1998-05-26 Genencor International, Inc. Molecular cloning by multimerization of plasmids
US5783431A (en) * 1996-04-24 1998-07-21 Chromaxome Corporation Methods for generating and screening novel metabolic pathways
US5824485A (en) * 1995-04-24 1998-10-20 Chromaxome Corporation Methods for generating and screening novel metabolic pathways
US6277375B1 (en) * 1997-03-03 2001-08-21 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Immunoglobulin-like domains with increased half-lives

Family Cites Families (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6335160B1 (en) * 1995-02-17 2002-01-01 Maxygen, Inc. Methods and compositions for polypeptide engineering
US5834252A (en) 1995-04-18 1998-11-10 Glaxo Group Limited End-complementary polymerase reaction
US5605793A (en) 1994-02-17 1997-02-25 Affymax Technologies N.V. Methods for in vitro recombination
US6171820B1 (en) 1995-12-07 2001-01-09 Diversa Corporation Saturation mutagenesis in directed evolution
US6489145B1 (en) * 1996-07-09 2002-12-03 Diversa Corporation Method of DNA shuffling
US6096548A (en) 1996-03-25 2000-08-01 Maxygen, Inc. Method for directing evolution of a virus
WO1998041622A1 (en) * 1997-03-18 1998-09-24 Novo Nordisk A/S Method for constructing a library using dna shuffling
US5948653A (en) 1997-03-21 1999-09-07 Pati; Sushma Sequence alterations using homologous recombination
ES2381824T3 (en) 1998-06-29 2012-05-31 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Procedures for generating very diverse libraries
EP1105461A2 (en) 1998-08-14 2001-06-13 California Institute Of Technology Methods of forming neurons
EP1151409A1 (en) 1999-01-18 2001-11-07 Maxygen, Inc. Methods of populating data stuctures for use in evolutionary simulations
EP1072010B1 (en) 1999-01-19 2010-04-21 Maxygen, Inc. Oligonucleotide mediated nucleic acid recombination

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4634664A (en) * 1982-01-22 1987-01-06 Sandoz Ltd. Process for the production of human mono-clonal antibodies
US4634666A (en) * 1984-01-06 1987-01-06 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Human-murine hybridoma fusion partner
US5824485A (en) * 1995-04-24 1998-10-20 Chromaxome Corporation Methods for generating and screening novel metabolic pathways
US5756316A (en) * 1995-11-02 1998-05-26 Genencor International, Inc. Molecular cloning by multimerization of plasmids
US5783431A (en) * 1996-04-24 1998-07-21 Chromaxome Corporation Methods for generating and screening novel metabolic pathways
US6277375B1 (en) * 1997-03-03 2001-08-21 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Immunoglobulin-like domains with increased half-lives

Cited By (31)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9139637B2 (en) 1996-05-31 2015-09-22 Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Yeast cell surface display of proteins and uses thereof
US7465787B2 (en) 1996-05-31 2008-12-16 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Yeast cell surface display of proteins and uses thereof
US20090280560A1 (en) * 1996-05-31 2009-11-12 Wittrup K Dane Yeast cell surface display of proteins and uses thereof
US20040146976A1 (en) * 1996-05-31 2004-07-29 Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Yeast cell surface display of proteins and uses thereof
US8372636B2 (en) 1996-05-31 2013-02-12 Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Yeast cell surface display of proteins and uses thereof
US20040146952A1 (en) * 1998-01-20 2004-07-29 Kranz David M. High affinity TCR proteins and methods
WO2006114700A3 (en) * 2005-04-26 2007-04-26 Bioren Inc Method of producing human igg antibodies with enhanced effector functions
WO2009023731A1 (en) * 2007-08-13 2009-02-19 Sunrez Corporation Compositions for neutralization and decontamination of toxic chemical and biological agents
US20110288360A1 (en) * 2007-08-13 2011-11-24 Sunrez Corporation Compositions for neutralization and decontamination of toxic chemical and biological agents
US10492476B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2019-12-03 Ablexis, Llc Non-human mammals for the production of chimeric antibodies
US10555506B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2020-02-11 Ablexis, Llc Non-human mammals for the production of chimeric antibodies
US9346873B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2016-05-24 Ablexis, Llc Non-human mammals for the production of chimeric antibodies
US10638736B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2020-05-05 Ablexis, Llc Non-human mammals for the production of chimeric antibodies
US10575504B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2020-03-03 Ablexis, Llc Non-human mammals for the production of chimeric antibodies
US20110236378A1 (en) * 2008-09-30 2011-09-29 Ablexis, Llc Non-human mammals for the production of chimeric antibodies
US10561123B2 (en) 2008-09-30 2020-02-18 Ablexis, Llc Non-human mammals for the production of chimeric antibodies
US10618977B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2020-04-14 Ablexis, Llc Genetic engineering of non-human animals for the production of chimeric antibodies
US10662255B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2020-05-26 Ablexis, Llc Genetic engineering of non-human animals for the production of chimeric antibodies
US10494445B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2019-12-03 Ablexis, Llc Genetic engineering of non-human animals for the production of chimeric antibodies
US10604587B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2020-03-31 Ablexis, Llc Genetic engineering of non-human animals for the production of chimeric antibodies
US20130167256A1 (en) * 2010-03-31 2013-06-27 Ablexis Llc Genetic engineering of non-human animals for the production of chimeric antibodies
US10626188B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2020-04-21 Ablexis, Llc Genetic engineering of non-human animals for the production of chimeric antibodies
US9580491B2 (en) * 2010-03-31 2017-02-28 Ablexis, Llc Genetic engineering of non-human animals for the production of chimeric antibodies
US10526420B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2020-01-07 Ablexis, Llc Genetic engineering of non-human animals for the production of chimeric antibodies
US10829564B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2020-11-10 Ablexis, Llc Genetic engineering of non-human animals for the production of chimeric antibodies
US10836832B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2020-11-17 Ablexis, Llc Genetic engineering of non-human animals for the production of chimeric antibodies
US11104743B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2021-08-31 Ablexis, Llc Genetic engineering of non-human animals for the production of chimeric antibodies
US11104744B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2021-08-31 Ablexis, Llc Genetic engineering of non-human animals for the production of chimeric antibodies
US11220555B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2022-01-11 Ablexis, Llc Genetic engineering of non-human animals for the production of chimeric antibodies
US11242409B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2022-02-08 Ablexis, Llc Genetic engineering of non-human animals for the production of chimeric antibodies
US11352444B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2022-06-07 Ablexis, Llc Genetic engineering of non-human animals for the production of chimeric antibodies

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU1456101A (en) 2001-05-14
EP1230269A2 (en) 2002-08-14
US8252727B2 (en) 2012-08-28
WO2001032712A2 (en) 2001-05-10
US20080207459A1 (en) 2008-08-28
WO2001032712A3 (en) 2002-03-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8252727B2 (en) Antibody diversity generation
US20220127352A1 (en) Antibodies that specifically bind to human il-15 and uses thereof
AU2005263331B8 (en) Anti-Rhesus D recombinant polyclonal antibody and methods of manufacture
TWI796328B (en) B7-h3 antibody, antigen-binding fragment thereof and medical application thereof
Amersdorfer et al. Molecular characterization of murine humoral immune response to botulinum neurotoxin type A binding domain as assessed by using phage antibody libraries
US10584172B2 (en) Humanized monoclonal antibodies and methods of use
JP4327350B2 (en) A novel method for the identification of binding site domains that retain the ability to bind to an epitope
CN103797030B (en) For the monoclonal antibody of TFPT (TFPI)
US20130267688A1 (en) Novel antibody structures derived from human germline sequences
CA2447114A1 (en) Human antipneumococcal antibodies from non-human animals
US6346249B1 (en) Methods for reducing the effects of cancers that express A33 antigen using A33 antigen specific immunoglobulin products
US20230138315A1 (en) Anti-angptl3 antibody and use thereof
CN102414223A (en) Composition and methods of use for therapeutic antibodies specific for the il-12 receptore betal subunit
CN109689090A (en) Anti- O2 antibody and application thereof
CN107922939A (en) Neutralize infective monoclonal antibody of all categories Ebola virus
US8507655B2 (en) Antibody against anthrax toxins
CN101820898B (en) Functional humanization of complementarity determining regions (CDRs)
AU2008332943B2 (en) G immunoglobulin used against anthrax toxins
WO2002000005A1 (en) Libraries displaying human antibody fragments with hybrid complementarity determining regions
CN113416249A (en) Compositions against tetanus toxin
Casey et al. Cambridge Healthtech Institute’s 4th Annual Recombinant Antibodies Conference
Marks et al. Isolation and Characterization of Human Monoclonal Antibodies which Neutralize Botulinum Neurotoxin.
AU2002342740A1 (en) Human antipneumococcal antibodies from non-human animals

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION